]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* doc/bison.texinfo: Fix some typos.
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
195 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
196 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
197
198 Defining Language Semantics
199
200 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
201 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
202 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
203 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
204 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
205 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
206 action in the middle of a rule.
207
208 Tracking Locations
209
210 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
211 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
212 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
213
214 Bison Declarations
215
216 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
217 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
218 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
219 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
220 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
221 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
222 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
223 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
224 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
225 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
226 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
227
228 Parser C-Language Interface
229
230 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
231 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
232 which reads tokens.
233 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
234 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
235 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
236 native language.
237
238 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
239
240 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
241 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
242 of the token it has read.
243 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
244 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
245 actions want that.
246 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
247 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
248
249 The Bison Parser Algorithm
250
251 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
252 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
253 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
254 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
255 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
256 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
257 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
258 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
259 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
260
261 Operator Precedence
262
263 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
264 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
265 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
266 * How Precedence:: How they work.
267
268 Handling Context Dependencies
269
270 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
271 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
272 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
273 error recovery rules must be written.
274
275 Debugging Your Parser
276
277 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
278 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
279
280 Invoking Bison
281
282 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
283 in alphabetical order by short options.
284 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
285 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
286
287 C++ Language Interface
288
289 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
290 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
291
292 C++ Parsers
293
294 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
295 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
296 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
297 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
298 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
299
300 A Complete C++ Example
301
302 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
303 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
304 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
305 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
306 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
307
308 Frequently Asked Questions
309
310 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
311 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
312 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
313 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
314 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
315 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
316 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
317 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
318 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
319 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
320 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
321 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
322
323 Copying This Manual
324
325 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
326
327 @end detailmenu
328 @end menu
329
330 @node Introduction
331 @unnumbered Introduction
332 @cindex introduction
333
334 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
335 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
336 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
337 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
338 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
339
340 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
341 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
342 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
343 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
344
345 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
346 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
347 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
348 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
349
350 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
351 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
352 multi-character string literals and other features.
353
354 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
355
356 @node Conditions
357 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
358
359 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
360 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
361 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
362 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
363 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
364
365 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
366 compiler, have never
367 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
368 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
369 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
370 License to all of the Bison source code.
371
372 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
373 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
374 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
375 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
376 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
377 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
378 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
379
380 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
381 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
382 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
383 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
384 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
385 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
386
387 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
388 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
389 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
390 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
391 exception.
392
393 @include gpl.texi
394
395 @node Concepts
396 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
397
398 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
399 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
400 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
401
402 @menu
403 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
404 as mathematical ideas.
405 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
406 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
407 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
408 the name of an identifier, etc.).
409 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
410 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
411 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
412 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
413 how is the output used?
414 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
415 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
416 @end menu
417
418 @node Language and Grammar
419 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
420
421 @cindex context-free grammar
422 @cindex grammar, context-free
423 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
424 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
425 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
426 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
427 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
428 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
429 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
430 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
431 recursion.
432
433 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
434 @cindex Backus-Naur form
435 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
436 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
437 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
438 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
439 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
440
441 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
442 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
443 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
444 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
445 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
446 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
447 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
448 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
449 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
450 restrictions that are
451 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
452 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
453 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
454 more information on this.
455
456 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
457 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
458 @cindex ambiguous grammars
459 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
460
461 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
462 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
463 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
464 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
465 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
466 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
467 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
468 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
469 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
470 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
471 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
472 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
473 possible parses of any given string is finite.
474
475 @cindex symbols (abstract)
476 @cindex token
477 @cindex syntactic grouping
478 @cindex grouping, syntactic
479 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
480 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
481 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
482 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
483 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
484 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
485 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
486
487 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
488 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
489 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
490 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
491 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
492 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
493 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
494 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
495 lexicography, not grammar.)
496
497 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
498
499 @ifinfo
500 @example
501 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
502 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
503 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
504 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
505 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
506 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
507 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
508 @end example
509 @end ifinfo
510 @ifnotinfo
511 @example
512 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
513 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
514 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
515 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
516 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
517 @end example
518 @end ifnotinfo
519
520 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
521 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
522 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
523 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
524 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
525 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
526 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
527 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
528
529 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
530 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
531 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
532 reads informally as follows:
533
534 @quotation
535 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
536 `semicolon'.
537 @end quotation
538
539 @noindent
540 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
541 statement in C.
542
543 @cindex start symbol
544 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
545 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
546 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
547 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
548 plays this role.
549
550 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
551 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
552 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
553 not the start symbol.
554
555 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
556 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
557 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
558 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
559 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
560 reports a syntax error.
561
562 @node Grammar in Bison
563 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
564 @cindex Bison grammar
565 @cindex grammar, Bison
566 @cindex formal grammar
567
568 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
569 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
570 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
571
572 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
573 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
574 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
575
576 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
577 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
578 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
579 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
580 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
581 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
582 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
583 @xref{Symbols}.
584
585 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
586 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
587 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
588 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
589
590 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
591 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
592
593 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
594 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
595 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
596 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
597 used in every rule.
598
599 @example
600 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
601 ;
602 @end example
603
604 @noindent
605 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
606
607 @node Semantic Values
608 @section Semantic Values
609 @cindex semantic value
610 @cindex value, semantic
611
612 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
613 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
614 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
615 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
616 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
617 grammatical.
618
619 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
620 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
621 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
622 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
623 ,Defining Language Semantics},
624 for details.
625
626 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
627 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
628 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
629 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
630 except their types.
631
632 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
633 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
634 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
635 need to have any semantic value.)
636
637 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
638 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
639 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
640 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
641 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
642 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
643
644 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
645 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
646 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
647 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
648 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
649
650 @node Semantic Actions
651 @section Semantic Actions
652 @cindex semantic actions
653 @cindex actions, semantic
654
655 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
656 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
657 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
658 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
659 @xref{Actions}.
660
661 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
662 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
663 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
664 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
665 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
666 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
667 newly recognized larger expression.
668
669 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
670 two subexpressions:
671
672 @example
673 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
674 ;
675 @end example
676
677 @noindent
678 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
679 from the values of the two subexpressions.
680
681 @node GLR Parsers
682 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
683 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
684 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
685 @findex %glr-parser
686 @cindex conflicts
687 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
688 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
689
690 In some grammars, Bison's standard
691 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
692 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
693 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
694 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
695 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
696 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
697 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
699
700 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
701 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
702 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
703 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
704 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
705 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
706 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
707 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
708 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
709 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
710 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
711 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
712 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
713 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
714 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
715 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
716 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
717 identical set of symbols.
718
719 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
720 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
721 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
722 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
723 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
724 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
725 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
726 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
727 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
728 merged result.
729
730 @menu
731 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
732 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
733 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
734 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
735 @end menu
736
737 @node Simple GLR Parsers
738 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
739 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
740 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @findex %glr-parser
742 @findex %expect-rr
743 @cindex conflicts
744 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
745 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
746
747 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
748 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
749 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
750 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
751 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
752 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
753
754 Consider a problem that
755 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
756 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
757
758 @example
759 type subrange = lo .. hi;
760 type enum = (a, b, c);
761 @end example
762
763 @noindent
764 The original language standard allows only numeric
765 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
766 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
767 10206) and many other
768 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
769 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
770 parentheses:
771
772 @example
773 type subrange = (a) .. b;
774 @end example
775
776 @noindent
777 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
778 type with only one value:
779
780 @example
781 type enum = (a);
782 @end example
783
784 @noindent
785 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
786 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
787
788 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
789 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
790 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
791 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
792 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
793 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
794 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
795 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
796
797 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
798 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
799 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
800 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
801 expressions.
802
803 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
804 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
805 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
806 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
807 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
808 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
809 work.
810
811 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
812 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
813 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
814 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
815 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
816 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
817 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
818 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
819 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
820 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
821 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
822
823 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
824 reports a syntax error as usual.
825
826 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
827 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
828 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
829 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
830 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
831
832 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
833 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
834 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
835 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
836 The present example contains only one conflict between two
837 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
838 cannot be nested. So the number of
839 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
840 and the parsing time is still linear.
841
842 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
843 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
844
845 @example
846 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
847
848 @group
849 %left '+' '-'
850 %left '*' '/'
851 @end group
852
853 %%
854
855 @group
856 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
857 ;
858 @end group
859
860 @group
861 type : '(' id_list ')'
862 | expr DOTDOT expr
863 ;
864 @end group
865
866 @group
867 id_list : ID
868 | id_list ',' ID
869 ;
870 @end group
871
872 @group
873 expr : '(' expr ')'
874 | expr '+' expr
875 | expr '-' expr
876 | expr '*' expr
877 | expr '/' expr
878 | ID
879 ;
880 @end group
881 @end example
882
883 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
884 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
885 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
886 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
887 recognized:
888
889 @example
890 type t = (a) .. b;
891 @end example
892
893 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
894 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
895 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
896 @samp{%%}):
897
898 @example
899 %glr-parser
900 %expect-rr 1
901 @end example
902
903 @noindent
904 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
905 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
906 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
907 notice when the parser splits.
908
909 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
910 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
911 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
912 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
913 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
914 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
915 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
916 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
917 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
918 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
919 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
920 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
921 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
922 correctness.
923
924 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
925 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
926 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
927 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
928 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
929 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
930
931 @node Merging GLR Parses
932 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
933 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
934 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @findex %dprec
936 @findex %merge
937 @cindex conflicts
938 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
939
940 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
941
942 @example
943 %@{
944 #include <stdio.h>
945 #define YYSTYPE char const *
946 int yylex (void);
947 void yyerror (char const *);
948 %@}
949
950 %token TYPENAME ID
951
952 %right '='
953 %left '+'
954
955 %glr-parser
956
957 %%
958
959 prog :
960 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
961 ;
962
963 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
964 | decl %dprec 2
965 ;
966
967 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
968 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
969 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
970 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
971 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
972 ;
973
974 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
975 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
976 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
977 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
978 ;
979
980 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
981 | '(' declarator ')'
982 ;
983 @end example
984
985 @noindent
986 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
987 certain declarations and statements. For example,
988
989 @example
990 T (x) = y+z;
991 @end example
992
993 @noindent
994 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
995 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
996 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
997 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
998 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
999 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1000 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1001 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1002 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1003 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1004 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1005 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1006 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1007 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1008
1009 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1010 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1011 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1012 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1013 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1014 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1015 The parser therefore prints
1016
1017 @example
1018 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1019 @end example
1020
1021 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1022 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1023
1024 @example
1025 T (x) + y;
1026 @end example
1027
1028 @noindent
1029 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1030 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1031 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1032 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1033 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1034 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1035 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1036 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1037 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1038 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1039
1040 @example
1041 x T <cast> y +
1042 @end example
1043
1044 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1045 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1046 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1047 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1048 follows:
1049
1050 @example
1051 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1052 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 ;
1054 @end example
1055
1056 @noindent
1057 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1058
1059 @example
1060 static YYSTYPE
1061 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1062 @{
1063 printf ("<OR> ");
1064 return "";
1065 @}
1066 @end example
1067
1068 @noindent
1069 with an accompanying forward declaration
1070 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1071
1072 @example
1073 %@{
1074 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1075 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1076 %@}
1077 @end example
1078
1079 @noindent
1080 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1081 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1082
1083 @example
1084 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1085 @end example
1086
1087 Bison requires that all of the
1088 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1089 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1090 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1091 the offending merge.
1092
1093 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1094 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1095
1096 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1097 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1098 the associated reduction.
1099 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1100 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1101
1102 @vindex yychar
1103 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1104 @vindex yylval
1105 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1106 @vindex yylloc
1107 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1108 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1109 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1110 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1111 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1112 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1113 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1114 influence syntax analysis.
1115 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1116
1117 @findex yyclearin
1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1119 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1120 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1121 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1122 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1123 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1124 future versions of Bison.
1125 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1126 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1127 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1128
1129 @findex YYERROR
1130 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1131 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1132 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1133 initiate error recovery.
1134 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1135 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1136 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1137 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1138
1139 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1140 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1141
1142 @node Compiler Requirements
1143 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1144 @cindex @code{inline}
1145 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1146
1147 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1148 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1149 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1150 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1151 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1152 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1153
1154 @example
1155 %@{
1156 #include <config.h>
1157 %@}
1158 @end example
1159
1160 @noindent
1161 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1162
1163 @example
1164 %@{
1165 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1166 #define inline
1167 #endif
1168 %@}
1169 @end example
1170
1171 @node Locations Overview
1172 @section Locations
1173 @cindex location
1174 @cindex textual location
1175 @cindex location, textual
1176
1177 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1178 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1179 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1180 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1181
1182 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1183 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1184 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1185 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1186
1187 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1188 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1189 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1190 @code{@@3}.
1191
1192 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1193 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1194 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1195 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1196 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1197 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1198 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1199
1200 @node Bison Parser
1201 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1202 @cindex Bison parser
1203 @cindex Bison utility
1204 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1205 @cindex parser
1206
1207 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1208 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1209 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1210 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1211 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1212 program.
1213
1214 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1215 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1216 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1217 uses.
1218
1219 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1220 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1221 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1222 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1223 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1224 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1225 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1226
1227 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1228 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1229 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1230 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1231 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1232 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1233 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1234 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1235
1236 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1237 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1238 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1239 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1240 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1241 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1242 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1243 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1244 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1245 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1246 meanings.
1247
1248 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1249 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1250 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1251 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1252 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1253 included if message translation is in use
1254 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1255 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1256 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1257
1258 @node Stages
1259 @section Stages in Using Bison
1260 @cindex stages in using Bison
1261 @cindex using Bison
1262
1263 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1264 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1265
1266 @enumerate
1267 @item
1268 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1269 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1270 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1271 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1272 sequence of C statements.
1273
1274 @item
1275 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1276 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1277 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1278 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1279
1280 @item
1281 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1282
1283 @item
1284 Write error-reporting routines.
1285 @end enumerate
1286
1287 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1288 must follow these steps:
1289
1290 @enumerate
1291 @item
1292 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1293
1294 @item
1295 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1296
1297 @item
1298 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1299 @end enumerate
1300
1301 @node Grammar Layout
1302 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1303 @cindex grammar file
1304 @cindex file format
1305 @cindex format of grammar file
1306 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1307
1308 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1309 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1310
1311 @example
1312 %@{
1313 @var{Prologue}
1314 %@}
1315
1316 @var{Bison declarations}
1317
1318 %%
1319 @var{Grammar rules}
1320 %%
1321 @var{Epilogue}
1322 @end example
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1326 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1327
1328 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1329 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1330 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1331 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1332 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1333 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1334
1335 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1336 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1337 semantic values of various symbols.
1338
1339 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1340 parts.
1341
1342 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1343 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1344 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1345
1346 @node Examples
1347 @chapter Examples
1348 @cindex simple examples
1349 @cindex examples, simple
1350
1351 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1352 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1353 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1354 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1355 desk-top calculator.
1356
1357 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1358 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1359 source file to try them.
1360
1361 @menu
1362 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1363 a first example with no operator precedence.
1364 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1365 Operator precedence is introduced.
1366 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1367 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1368 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1369 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1370 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1371 @end menu
1372
1373 @node RPN Calc
1374 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1375 @cindex reverse polish notation
1376 @cindex polish notation calculator
1377 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1378 @cindex calculator, simple
1379
1380 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1381 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1382 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1383 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1384
1385 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1386 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1387
1388 @menu
1389 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1390 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1391 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1392 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1393 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1394 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1395 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1396 @end menu
1397
1398 @node Rpcalc Decls
1399 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1400
1401 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1402 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1403
1404 @example
1405 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1406
1407 %@{
1408 #define YYSTYPE double
1409 #include <math.h>
1410 int yylex (void);
1411 void yyerror (char const *);
1412 %@}
1413
1414 %token NUM
1415
1416 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1417 @end example
1418
1419 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1420 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1421
1422 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1423 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1424 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1425 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1426 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1427 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1428 which is a floating point number.
1429
1430 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1431 function @code{pow}.
1432
1433 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1434 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1435 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1436 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1437 prologue.
1438
1439 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1440 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1441 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1442 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1443 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1444 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1445 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1446 type for numeric constants.
1447
1448 @node Rpcalc Rules
1449 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1450
1451 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1452
1453 @example
1454 input: /* empty */
1455 | input line
1456 ;
1457
1458 line: '\n'
1459 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1460 ;
1461
1462 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1463 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1464 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1467 /* Exponentiation */
1468 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1469 /* Unary minus */
1470 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1471 ;
1472 %%
1473 @end example
1474
1475 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1476 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1477 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1478 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1479 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1480 mean.
1481
1482 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1483 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1484 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1485
1486 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1487 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1488 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1489 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1490 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1491 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1492
1493 @menu
1494 * Rpcalc Input::
1495 * Rpcalc Line::
1496 * Rpcalc Expr::
1497 @end menu
1498
1499 @node Rpcalc Input
1500 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1501
1502 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1503
1504 @example
1505 input: /* empty */
1506 | input line
1507 ;
1508 @end example
1509
1510 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1511 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1512 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1513 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1514 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1515
1516 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1517 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1518 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1519 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1520 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1521 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1522
1523 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1524 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1525 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1526 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1527 more times.
1528
1529 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1530 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1531 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1532
1533 @node Rpcalc Line
1534 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1535
1536 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1537
1538 @example
1539 line: '\n'
1540 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1541 ;
1542 @end example
1543
1544 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1545 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1546 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1547 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1548 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1549 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1550 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1551
1552 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1553 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1554 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1555 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1556 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1557
1558 @node Rpcalc Expr
1559 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1560
1561 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1562 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1563 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1564 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1565
1566 @example
1567 exp: NUM
1568 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1569 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1570 @dots{}
1571 ;
1572 @end example
1573
1574 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1575 equally well have written them separately:
1576
1577 @example
1578 exp: NUM ;
1579 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1580 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1581 @dots{}
1582 @end example
1583
1584 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1585 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1586 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1587 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1588 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1589 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1590 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1591 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1592
1593 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1594 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1595 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1596
1597 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1598 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1599 For example, this:
1600
1601 @example
1602 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1603 @end example
1604
1605 @noindent
1606 means the same thing as this:
1607
1608 @example
1609 exp: NUM
1610 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1611 | @dots{}
1612 ;
1613 @end example
1614
1615 @noindent
1616 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1617
1618 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1619 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1620 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1621 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1622
1623 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1624 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1625 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1626 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1627
1628 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1629 calculator. This
1630 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1631 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1632 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1633 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1634
1635 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1636 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1637 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1638 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1639 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1640 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1641 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1642 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1643 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1644
1645 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1646 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1647 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1648 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1649 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1650
1651 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1652 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1653
1654 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1655
1656 @example
1657 @group
1658 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1659 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1660 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1661 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1662
1663 #include <ctype.h>
1664 @end group
1665
1666 @group
1667 int
1668 yylex (void)
1669 @{
1670 int c;
1671
1672 /* Skip white space. */
1673 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1674 ;
1675 @end group
1676 @group
1677 /* Process numbers. */
1678 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1679 @{
1680 ungetc (c, stdin);
1681 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1682 return NUM;
1683 @}
1684 @end group
1685 @group
1686 /* Return end-of-input. */
1687 if (c == EOF)
1688 return 0;
1689 /* Return a single char. */
1690 return c;
1691 @}
1692 @end group
1693 @end example
1694
1695 @node Rpcalc Main
1696 @subsection The Controlling Function
1697 @cindex controlling function
1698 @cindex main function in simple example
1699
1700 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1701 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1702 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1703
1704 @example
1705 @group
1706 int
1707 main (void)
1708 @{
1709 return yyparse ();
1710 @}
1711 @end group
1712 @end example
1713
1714 @node Rpcalc Error
1715 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1716 @cindex error reporting routine
1717
1718 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1719 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1720 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1721 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1722 here is the definition we will use:
1723
1724 @example
1725 @group
1726 #include <stdio.h>
1727
1728 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1729 void
1730 yyerror (char const *s)
1731 @{
1732 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1733 @}
1734 @end group
1735 @end example
1736
1737 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1738 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1739 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1740 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1741 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1742 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1743
1744 @node Rpcalc Gen
1745 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1746 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1747
1748 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1749 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1750 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1751 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1752 end, in the epilogue of the file
1753 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1754
1755 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1756 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1757
1758 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1759 convert it into a parser file:
1760
1761 @example
1762 bison @var{file}.y
1763 @end example
1764
1765 @noindent
1766 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1767 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1768 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1769 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1770 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1771 are copied verbatim to the output.
1772
1773 @node Rpcalc Compile
1774 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1775 @cindex compiling the parser
1776
1777 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1778
1779 @example
1780 @group
1781 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1782 $ @kbd{ls}
1783 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1784 @end group
1785
1786 @group
1787 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1788 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1789 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1790 @end group
1791
1792 @group
1793 # @r{List files again.}
1794 $ @kbd{ls}
1795 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1796 @end group
1797 @end example
1798
1799 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1800 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1801
1802 @example
1803 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1804 @kbd{4 9 +}
1805 13
1806 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1807 -13
1808 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1809 13
1810 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1811 -3.166666667
1812 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1813 81
1814 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1815 $
1816 @end example
1817
1818 @node Infix Calc
1819 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1820 @cindex infix notation calculator
1821 @cindex @code{calc}
1822 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1823
1824 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1825 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1826 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1827 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1828
1829 @example
1830 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1831
1832 %@{
1833 #define YYSTYPE double
1834 #include <math.h>
1835 #include <stdio.h>
1836 int yylex (void);
1837 void yyerror (char const *);
1838 %@}
1839
1840 /* Bison declarations. */
1841 %token NUM
1842 %left '-' '+'
1843 %left '*' '/'
1844 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1845 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1846
1847 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1848 input: /* empty */
1849 | input line
1850 ;
1851
1852 line: '\n'
1853 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1854 ;
1855
1856 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1857 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1858 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1859 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1860 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1861 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1862 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1863 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1864 ;
1865 %%
1866 @end example
1867
1868 @noindent
1869 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1870 same as before.
1871
1872 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1873
1874 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1875 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1876 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1877 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1878 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1879 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1880 the associativity.)
1881
1882 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1883 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1884 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1885 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1886 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1887 Precedence}.
1888
1889 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1890 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1891 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1892 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1893 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1894
1895 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1896
1897 @need 500
1898 @example
1899 $ @kbd{calc}
1900 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1901 6.880952381
1902 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1903 -54
1904 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1905 9
1906 @end example
1907
1908 @node Simple Error Recovery
1909 @section Simple Error Recovery
1910 @cindex error recovery, simple
1911
1912 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1913 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1914 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1915 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1916 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1917 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1918
1919 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1920 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1921 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1922
1923 @example
1924 @group
1925 line: '\n'
1926 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1927 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1928 ;
1929 @end group
1930 @end example
1931
1932 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1933 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1934 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1935 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1936 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1937 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1938 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1939 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1940 misprint.
1941
1942 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1943 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1944 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1945 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1946 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1947 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1948 Bison programs.
1949
1950 @node Location Tracking Calc
1951 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1952 @cindex location tracking calculator
1953 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1954 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1955
1956 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1957 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1958 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1959 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1960 analyzer.
1961
1962 @menu
1963 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1964 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1965 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1966 @end menu
1967
1968 @node Ltcalc Decls
1969 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1970
1971 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1972 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1973
1974 @example
1975 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1976
1977 %@{
1978 #define YYSTYPE int
1979 #include <math.h>
1980 int yylex (void);
1981 void yyerror (char const *);
1982 %@}
1983
1984 /* Bison declarations. */
1985 %token NUM
1986
1987 %left '-' '+'
1988 %left '*' '/'
1989 %left NEG
1990 %right '^'
1991
1992 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1993 @end example
1994
1995 @noindent
1996 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1997 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1998 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1999 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2000 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2001 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2002 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2003 start at 1.
2004
2005 @node Ltcalc Rules
2006 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2007
2008 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2009 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2010 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2011 from the new information.
2012
2013 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2014 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2015
2016 @example
2017 @group
2018 input : /* empty */
2019 | input line
2020 ;
2021 @end group
2022
2023 @group
2024 line : '\n'
2025 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2026 ;
2027 @end group
2028
2029 @group
2030 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2031 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2032 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2033 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2034 @end group
2035 @group
2036 | exp '/' exp
2037 @{
2038 if ($3)
2039 $$ = $1 / $3;
2040 else
2041 @{
2042 $$ = 1;
2043 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2044 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2045 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2046 @}
2047 @}
2048 @end group
2049 @group
2050 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2051 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2052 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2053 @end group
2054 @end example
2055
2056 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2057 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2058 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2059
2060 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2061 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2062 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2063 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2064 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2065 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2066 hand.
2067
2068 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2069 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2070
2071 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2072 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2073 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2074 semantic values.
2075
2076 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2077 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2078
2079 @example
2080 @group
2081 int
2082 yylex (void)
2083 @{
2084 int c;
2085 @end group
2086
2087 @group
2088 /* Skip white space. */
2089 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2090 ++yylloc.last_column;
2091 @end group
2092
2093 @group
2094 /* Step. */
2095 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2096 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2097 @end group
2098
2099 @group
2100 /* Process numbers. */
2101 if (isdigit (c))
2102 @{
2103 yylval = c - '0';
2104 ++yylloc.last_column;
2105 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2106 @{
2107 ++yylloc.last_column;
2108 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2109 @}
2110 ungetc (c, stdin);
2111 return NUM;
2112 @}
2113 @end group
2114
2115 /* Return end-of-input. */
2116 if (c == EOF)
2117 return 0;
2118
2119 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2120 if (c == '\n')
2121 @{
2122 ++yylloc.last_line;
2123 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2124 @}
2125 else
2126 ++yylloc.last_column;
2127 return c;
2128 @}
2129 @end example
2130
2131 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2132 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2133 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2134 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2135
2136 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2137 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2138 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2139 controlling function:
2140
2141 @example
2142 @group
2143 int
2144 main (void)
2145 @{
2146 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2147 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2148 return yyparse ();
2149 @}
2150 @end group
2151 @end example
2152
2153 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2154 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2155 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2156
2157 @node Multi-function Calc
2158 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2159 @cindex multi-function calculator
2160 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2161 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2162
2163 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2164 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2165 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2166 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2167 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2168
2169 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2170 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2171 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2172 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2173 functions whose syntax has this form:
2174
2175 @example
2176 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2177 @end example
2178
2179 @noindent
2180 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2181 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2182 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2183
2184 @example
2185 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2186 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2187 3.1415926536
2188 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2189 0.0000000000
2190 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2191 2.3000000000
2192 @kbd{alpha}
2193 2.3000000000
2194 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2195 0.8329091229
2196 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2197 2.3000000000
2198 $
2199 @end example
2200
2201 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2202
2203 @menu
2204 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2205 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2206 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2207 @end menu
2208
2209 @node Mfcalc Decl
2210 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2211
2212 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @group
2216 %@{
2217 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2218 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2219 int yylex (void);
2220 void yyerror (char const *);
2221 %@}
2222 @end group
2223 @group
2224 %union @{
2225 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2226 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2227 @}
2228 @end group
2229 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2230 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2231 %type <val> exp
2232
2233 @group
2234 %right '='
2235 %left '-' '+'
2236 %left '*' '/'
2237 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2238 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2239 @end group
2240 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2241 @end smallexample
2242
2243 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2244 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2245 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2246
2247 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2248 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2249 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2250 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2251
2252 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2253 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2254 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2255 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2256 between angle brackets).
2257
2258 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2259 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2260 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2261 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2262 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2263 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2264
2265 @node Mfcalc Rules
2266 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2267
2268 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2269 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2270 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2271
2272 @smallexample
2273 @group
2274 input: /* empty */
2275 | input line
2276 ;
2277 @end group
2278
2279 @group
2280 line:
2281 '\n'
2282 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2283 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2284 ;
2285 @end group
2286
2287 @group
2288 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2289 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2290 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2291 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2292 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2293 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2294 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2295 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2296 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2297 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2298 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2299 ;
2300 @end group
2301 /* End of grammar. */
2302 %%
2303 @end smallexample
2304
2305 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2306 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2307 @cindex symbol table example
2308
2309 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2310 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2311 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2312 requires some additional C functions for support.
2313
2314 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2315 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2316 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2317
2318 @smallexample
2319 @group
2320 /* Function type. */
2321 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2322 @end group
2323
2324 @group
2325 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2326 struct symrec
2327 @{
2328 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2329 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2330 union
2331 @{
2332 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2333 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2334 @} value;
2335 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2336 @};
2337 @end group
2338
2339 @group
2340 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2341
2342 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2343 extern symrec *sym_table;
2344
2345 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2346 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2347 @end group
2348 @end smallexample
2349
2350 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2351 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2352 @code{init_table} as well:
2353
2354 @smallexample
2355 #include <stdio.h>
2356
2357 @group
2358 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2359 void
2360 yyerror (char const *s)
2361 @{
2362 printf ("%s\n", s);
2363 @}
2364 @end group
2365
2366 @group
2367 struct init
2368 @{
2369 char const *fname;
2370 double (*fnct) (double);
2371 @};
2372 @end group
2373
2374 @group
2375 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2376 @{
2377 "sin", sin,
2378 "cos", cos,
2379 "atan", atan,
2380 "ln", log,
2381 "exp", exp,
2382 "sqrt", sqrt,
2383 0, 0
2384 @};
2385 @end group
2386
2387 @group
2388 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2389 symrec *sym_table;
2390 @end group
2391
2392 @group
2393 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2394 void
2395 init_table (void)
2396 @{
2397 int i;
2398 symrec *ptr;
2399 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2400 @{
2401 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2402 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2403 @}
2404 @}
2405 @end group
2406
2407 @group
2408 int
2409 main (void)
2410 @{
2411 init_table ();
2412 return yyparse ();
2413 @}
2414 @end group
2415 @end smallexample
2416
2417 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2418 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2419
2420 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2421 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2422 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2423 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2424 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2425 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2426
2427 @smallexample
2428 symrec *
2429 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2430 @{
2431 symrec *ptr;
2432 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2433 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2434 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2435 ptr->type = sym_type;
2436 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2437 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2438 sym_table = ptr;
2439 return ptr;
2440 @}
2441
2442 symrec *
2443 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2444 @{
2445 symrec *ptr;
2446 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2447 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2448 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2449 return ptr;
2450 return 0;
2451 @}
2452 @end smallexample
2453
2454 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2455 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2456 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2457 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2458
2459 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2460 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2461 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2462 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2463 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2464 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2465
2466 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2467 operators in @code{yylex}.
2468
2469 @smallexample
2470 @group
2471 #include <ctype.h>
2472 @end group
2473
2474 @group
2475 int
2476 yylex (void)
2477 @{
2478 int c;
2479
2480 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2481 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2482
2483 if (c == EOF)
2484 return 0;
2485 @end group
2486
2487 @group
2488 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2489 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2490 @{
2491 ungetc (c, stdin);
2492 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2493 return NUM;
2494 @}
2495 @end group
2496
2497 @group
2498 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2499 if (isalpha (c))
2500 @{
2501 symrec *s;
2502 static char *symbuf = 0;
2503 static int length = 0;
2504 int i;
2505 @end group
2506
2507 @group
2508 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2509 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2510 if (length == 0)
2511 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2512
2513 i = 0;
2514 do
2515 @end group
2516 @group
2517 @{
2518 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2519 if (i == length)
2520 @{
2521 length *= 2;
2522 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2523 @}
2524 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2525 symbuf[i++] = c;
2526 /* Get another character. */
2527 c = getchar ();
2528 @}
2529 @end group
2530 @group
2531 while (isalnum (c));
2532
2533 ungetc (c, stdin);
2534 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2535 @end group
2536
2537 @group
2538 s = getsym (symbuf);
2539 if (s == 0)
2540 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2541 yylval.tptr = s;
2542 return s->type;
2543 @}
2544
2545 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2546 return c;
2547 @}
2548 @end group
2549 @end smallexample
2550
2551 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2552 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2553 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2554
2555 @node Exercises
2556 @section Exercises
2557 @cindex exercises
2558
2559 @enumerate
2560 @item
2561 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2562
2563 @item
2564 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2565 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2566 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2567
2568 @item
2569 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2570 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2571 @end enumerate
2572
2573 @node Grammar File
2574 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2575
2576 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2577 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2578
2579 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2580 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2581
2582 @menu
2583 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2584 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2585 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2586 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2587 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2588 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2589 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2590 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2591 @end menu
2592
2593 @node Grammar Outline
2594 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2595
2596 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2597 appropriate delimiters:
2598
2599 @example
2600 %@{
2601 @var{Prologue}
2602 %@}
2603
2604 @var{Bison declarations}
2605
2606 %%
2607 @var{Grammar rules}
2608 %%
2609
2610 @var{Epilogue}
2611 @end example
2612
2613 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2614 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2615 continues until end of line.
2616
2617 @menu
2618 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2619 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2620 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2621 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2622 @end menu
2623
2624 @node Prologue
2625 @subsection The prologue
2626 @cindex declarations section
2627 @cindex Prologue
2628 @cindex declarations
2629
2630 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2631 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2632 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2633 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2634 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2635 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2636 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2637
2638 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2639 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2640 character constant.
2641
2642 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2643 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2644 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2645 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2646 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2647 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2648 @code{%union} declaration.
2649
2650 @smallexample
2651 %@{
2652 #include <stdio.h>
2653 #include "ptypes.h"
2654 %@}
2655
2656 %union @{
2657 long int n;
2658 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2659 @}
2660
2661 %@{
2662 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2663 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2664 %@}
2665
2666 @dots{}
2667 @end smallexample
2668
2669 @findex %before-header
2670 @findex %start-header
2671 @findex %after-header
2672 If you've instructed Bison to generate a header file (@pxref{Table of Symbols,
2673 ,%defines}), you probably want @code{#include "ptypes.h"} to appear
2674 in that header file as well.
2675 In that case, use @code{%before-header}, @code{%start-header}, and
2676 @code{%after-header} instead of @var{Prologue} sections
2677 (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}):
2678
2679 @smallexample
2680 %before-header @{
2681 #include <stdio.h>
2682 @}
2683
2684 %start-header @{
2685 #include "ptypes.h"
2686 @}
2687 %union @{
2688 long int n;
2689 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2690 @}
2691
2692 %after-header @{
2693 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2694 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2695 @}
2696
2697 @dots{}
2698 @end smallexample
2699
2700 @node Bison Declarations
2701 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2702 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2703 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2704
2705 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2706 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2707 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2708 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2709
2710 @node Grammar Rules
2711 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2712 @cindex grammar rules section
2713 @cindex rules section for grammar
2714
2715 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2716 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2717
2718 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2719 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2720 if it is the first thing in the file.
2721
2722 @node Epilogue
2723 @subsection The epilogue
2724 @cindex additional C code section
2725 @cindex epilogue
2726 @cindex C code, section for additional
2727
2728 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2729 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2730 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2731 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2732 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2733 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2734 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2735 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2736 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2737
2738 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2739 from the grammar rules.
2740
2741 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2742 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2743 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2744 of the grammar file.
2745
2746 @node Symbols
2747 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2748 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2749 @cindex terminal symbol
2750 @cindex token type
2751 @cindex symbol
2752
2753 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2754 of the language.
2755
2756 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2757 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2758 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2759 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2760 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2761 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2762 the symbol to stand for it.
2763
2764 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2765 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2766 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2767
2768 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2769 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2770
2771 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2772
2773 @itemize @bullet
2774 @item
2775 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2776 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2777 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2778 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2779
2780 @item
2781 @cindex character token
2782 @cindex literal token
2783 @cindex single-character literal
2784 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2785 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2786 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2787 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2788 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2789 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2790 ,Operator Precedence}).
2791
2792 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2793 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2794 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2795 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2796 your program will confuse other readers.
2797
2798 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2799 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2800 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2801 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2802 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2803 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2804 allowed.
2805
2806 @item
2807 @cindex string token
2808 @cindex literal string token
2809 @cindex multicharacter literal
2810 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2811 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2812 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2813 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2814 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2815
2816 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2817 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2818 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2819 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2820 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2821
2822 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2823
2824 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2825 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2826 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2827 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2828 read your program will be confused.
2829
2830 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2831 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2832 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2833 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2834 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2835 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2836 @end itemize
2837
2838 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2839 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2840 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2841
2842 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2843 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2844 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2845 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2846 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2847 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2848 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2849 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2850 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2851 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2852 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2853 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2854
2855 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2856 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2857 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2858 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2859 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2860
2861 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2862 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2863 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2864 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2865 characters in the following C-language string:
2866
2867 @example
2868 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2869 @end example
2870
2871 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2872 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2873 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2874 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2875 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2876 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2877 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2878 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2879 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2880 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2881 compiling them.
2882
2883 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2884 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2885 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2886 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2887 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2888
2889 @node Rules
2890 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2891 @cindex rule syntax
2892 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2893 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2894
2895 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2896
2897 @example
2898 @group
2899 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2900 ;
2901 @end group
2902 @end example
2903
2904 @noindent
2905 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2906 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2907 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2908
2909 For example,
2910
2911 @example
2912 @group
2913 exp: exp '+' exp
2914 ;
2915 @end group
2916 @end example
2917
2918 @noindent
2919 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2920 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2921
2922 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2923 extra white space as you wish.
2924
2925 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2926 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2927
2928 @example
2929 @{@var{C statements}@}
2930 @end example
2931
2932 @noindent
2933 @cindex braced code
2934 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2935 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2936 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2937 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2938 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2939
2940 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2941 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2942 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2943 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2944 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2945 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2946 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2947 character constants.
2948
2949 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2950 @xref{Actions}.
2951
2952 @findex |
2953 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2954 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2955
2956 @example
2957 @group
2958 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2959 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2960 @dots{}
2961 ;
2962 @end group
2963 @end example
2964
2965 @noindent
2966 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2967
2968 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2969 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2970 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2971
2972 @example
2973 @group
2974 expseq: /* empty */
2975 | expseq1
2976 ;
2977 @end group
2978
2979 @group
2980 expseq1: exp
2981 | expseq1 ',' exp
2982 ;
2983 @end group
2984 @end example
2985
2986 @noindent
2987 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2988 with no components.
2989
2990 @node Recursion
2991 @section Recursive Rules
2992 @cindex recursive rule
2993
2994 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2995 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2996 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2997 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2998 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2999
3000 @example
3001 @group
3002 expseq1: exp
3003 | expseq1 ',' exp
3004 ;
3005 @end group
3006 @end example
3007
3008 @cindex left recursion
3009 @cindex right recursion
3010 @noindent
3011 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3012 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3013 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3014
3015 @example
3016 @group
3017 expseq1: exp
3018 | exp ',' expseq1
3019 ;
3020 @end group
3021 @end example
3022
3023 @noindent
3024 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3025 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3026 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3027 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3028 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3029 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3030 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3031 of this.
3032
3033 @cindex mutual recursion
3034 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3035 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3036 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3037 side.
3038
3039 For example:
3040
3041 @example
3042 @group
3043 expr: primary
3044 | primary '+' primary
3045 ;
3046 @end group
3047
3048 @group
3049 primary: constant
3050 | '(' expr ')'
3051 ;
3052 @end group
3053 @end example
3054
3055 @noindent
3056 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3057 other.
3058
3059 @node Semantics
3060 @section Defining Language Semantics
3061 @cindex defining language semantics
3062 @cindex language semantics, defining
3063
3064 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3065 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3066 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3067
3068 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3069 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3070 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3071 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3072
3073 @menu
3074 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3075 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3076 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3077 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3078 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3079 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3080 action in the middle of a rule.
3081 @end menu
3082
3083 @node Value Type
3084 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3085 @cindex semantic value type
3086 @cindex value type, semantic
3087 @cindex data types of semantic values
3088 @cindex default data type
3089
3090 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3091 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3092 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3093 Notation Calculator}).
3094
3095 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3096 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3097 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3098
3099 @example
3100 #define YYSTYPE double
3101 @end example
3102
3103 @noindent
3104 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3105 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3106 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3107 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3108
3109 @node Multiple Types
3110 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3111
3112 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3113 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3114 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3115 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3116 symbol table.
3117
3118 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3119 requires you to do two things:
3120
3121 @itemize @bullet
3122 @item
3123 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3124 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3125 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3126 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3127 the type tags.
3128
3129 @item
3130 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3131 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3132 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3133 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3134 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3135 @end itemize
3136
3137 @node Actions
3138 @subsection Actions
3139 @cindex action
3140 @vindex $$
3141 @vindex $@var{n}
3142
3143 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3144 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3145 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3146 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3147
3148 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3149 placed at any position in the rule;
3150 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3151 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3152 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3153 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3154
3155 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3156 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3157 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3158 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3159 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3160 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3161 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3162
3163 Here is a typical example:
3164
3165 @example
3166 @group
3167 exp: @dots{}
3168 | exp '+' exp
3169 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3170 @end group
3171 @end example
3172
3173 @noindent
3174 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3175 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3176 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3177 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3178 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3179 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3180 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3181 referred to as @code{$2}.
3182
3183 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3184 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3185 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3186 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3187 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3188
3189 @example
3190 @group
3191 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3192 @end group
3193 @end example
3194
3195 @cindex default action
3196 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3197 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3198 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3199 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3200 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3201 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3202
3203 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3204 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3205 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3206 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3207 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3208
3209 @example
3210 @group
3211 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3212 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3213 ;
3214 @end group
3215
3216 @group
3217 bar: /* empty */
3218 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3219 ;
3220 @end group
3221 @end example
3222
3223 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3224 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3225 definition of @code{foo}.
3226
3227 @vindex yylval
3228 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3229 any, from a semantic action.
3230 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3231 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3232
3233 @node Action Types
3234 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3235 @cindex action data types
3236 @cindex data types in actions
3237
3238 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3239 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3240
3241 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3242 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3243 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3244 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3245 in the rule. In this example,
3246
3247 @example
3248 @group
3249 exp: @dots{}
3250 | exp '+' exp
3251 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3252 @end group
3253 @end example
3254
3255 @noindent
3256 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3257 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3258 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3259 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3260
3261 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3262 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3263 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3264
3265 @example
3266 @group
3267 %union @{
3268 int itype;
3269 double dtype;
3270 @}
3271 @end group
3272 @end example
3273
3274 @noindent
3275 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3276 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3277
3278 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3279 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3280 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3281 @cindex mid-rule actions
3282
3283 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3284 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3285 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3286
3287 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3288 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3289 it is run before they are parsed.
3290
3291 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3292 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3293 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3294 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3295 @code{$@var{n}}.
3296
3297 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3298 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3299 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3300 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3301 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3302 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3303
3304 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3305 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3306 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3307 at the end of the rule.
3308
3309 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3310 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3311 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3312 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3313 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3314 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3315
3316 @example
3317 @group
3318 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3319 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3320 declare_variable ($3); @}
3321 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3322 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3323 @end group
3324 @end example
3325
3326 @noindent
3327 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3328 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3329 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3330 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3331 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3332 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3333 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3334 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3335
3336 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3337 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3338 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3339 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3340 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3341
3342 @findex %destructor
3343 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3344 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3345 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3346 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3347 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3348 restoring it.
3349 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3350 Discarded Symbols}).
3351 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3352 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3353
3354 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3355 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3356
3357 @example
3358 @group
3359 %type <context> let
3360 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3361
3362 %%
3363
3364 stmt: let stmt
3365 @{ $$ = $2;
3366 pop_context ($1); @}
3367 ;
3368
3369 let: LET '(' var ')'
3370 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3371 declare_variable ($3); @}
3372 ;
3373
3374 @end group
3375 @end example
3376
3377 @noindent
3378 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3379 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3380 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3381
3382 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3383 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3384 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3385 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3386 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3387 declaration or not:
3388
3389 @example
3390 @group
3391 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3392 | '@{' statements '@}'
3393 ;
3394 @end group
3395 @end example
3396
3397 @noindent
3398 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3399
3400 @example
3401 @group
3402 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3403 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3404 @end group
3405 @group
3406 | '@{' statements '@}'
3407 ;
3408 @end group
3409 @end example
3410
3411 @noindent
3412 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3413 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3414 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3415 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3416 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3417 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3418
3419 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3420 actions into the two rules, like this:
3421
3422 @example
3423 @group
3424 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3425 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3426 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3427 '@{' statements '@}'
3428 ;
3429 @end group
3430 @end example
3431
3432 @noindent
3433 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3434 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3435
3436 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3437 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3438 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3439
3440 @example
3441 @group
3442 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3443 declarations statements '@}'
3444 | '@{' statements '@}'
3445 ;
3446 @end group
3447 @end example
3448
3449 @noindent
3450 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3451 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3452
3453 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3454 serves as a subroutine:
3455
3456 @example
3457 @group
3458 subroutine: /* empty */
3459 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3460 ;
3461
3462 @end group
3463
3464 @group
3465 compound: subroutine
3466 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3467 | subroutine
3468 '@{' statements '@}'
3469 ;
3470 @end group
3471 @end example
3472
3473 @noindent
3474 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3475 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3476
3477 @node Locations
3478 @section Tracking Locations
3479 @cindex location
3480 @cindex textual location
3481 @cindex location, textual
3482
3483 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3484 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3485 especially symbol locations.
3486
3487 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3488 actions to take when rules are matched.
3489
3490 @menu
3491 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3492 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3493 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3494 @end menu
3495
3496 @node Location Type
3497 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3498 @cindex data type of locations
3499 @cindex default location type
3500
3501 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3502 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3503
3504 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3505 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3506 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3507 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3508 four members:
3509
3510 @example
3511 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3512 @{
3513 int first_line;
3514 int first_column;
3515 int last_line;
3516 int last_column;
3517 @} YYLTYPE;
3518 @end example
3519
3520 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3521 for @code{yylloc}.
3522
3523 @node Actions and Locations
3524 @subsection Actions and Locations
3525 @cindex location actions
3526 @cindex actions, location
3527 @vindex @@$
3528 @vindex @@@var{n}
3529
3530 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3531 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3532
3533 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3534 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3535 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3536 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3537 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3538 @code{@@$}.
3539
3540 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3541
3542 @example
3543 @group
3544 exp: @dots{}
3545 | exp '/' exp
3546 @{
3547 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3548 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3549 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3550 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3551 if ($3)
3552 $$ = $1 / $3;
3553 else
3554 @{
3555 $$ = 1;
3556 fprintf (stderr,
3557 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3558 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3559 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3560 @}
3561 @}
3562 @end group
3563 @end example
3564
3565 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3566 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3567 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3568 last symbol.
3569
3570 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3571 example above simply rewrites this way:
3572
3573 @example
3574 @group
3575 exp: @dots{}
3576 | exp '/' exp
3577 @{
3578 if ($3)
3579 $$ = $1 / $3;
3580 else
3581 @{
3582 $$ = 1;
3583 fprintf (stderr,
3584 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3585 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3586 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3587 @}
3588 @}
3589 @end group
3590 @end example
3591
3592 @vindex yylloc
3593 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3594 from a semantic action.
3595 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3596 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3597
3598 @node Location Default Action
3599 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3600 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3601 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3602
3603 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3604 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3605 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3606 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3607 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3608 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3609 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3610 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3611 of that ambiguity.
3612
3613 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3614 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3615
3616 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3617 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3618 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3619 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3620 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3621 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3622 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3623 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3624 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3625 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3626
3627 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3628
3629 @smallexample
3630 @group
3631 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3632 do \
3633 if (N) \
3634 @{ \
3635 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3636 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3637 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3638 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3639 @} \
3640 else \
3641 @{ \
3642 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3643 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3644 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3645 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3646 @} \
3647 while (0)
3648 @end group
3649 @end smallexample
3650
3651 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3652 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3653 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3654
3655 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3656
3657 @itemize @bullet
3658 @item
3659 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3660 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3661
3662 @item
3663 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3664 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3665 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3666 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3667
3668 @item
3669 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3670 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3671 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3672 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3673 @end itemize
3674
3675 @node Declarations
3676 @section Bison Declarations
3677 @cindex declarations, Bison
3678 @cindex Bison declarations
3679
3680 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3681 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3682 @xref{Symbols}.
3683
3684 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3685 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3686 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3687 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3688
3689 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3690 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3691 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3692 Grammars}).
3693
3694 @menu
3695 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3696 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3697 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3698 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3699 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3700 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3701 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3702 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3703 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3704 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3705 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3706 @end menu
3707
3708 @node Require Decl
3709 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3710 @cindex version requirement
3711 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3712 @findex %require
3713
3714 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3715 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3716 status 63).
3717
3718 @example
3719 %require "@var{version}"
3720 @end example
3721
3722 @node Token Decl
3723 @subsection Token Type Names
3724 @cindex declaring token type names
3725 @cindex token type names, declaring
3726 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3727 @findex %token
3728
3729 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3730
3731 @example
3732 %token @var{name}
3733 @end example
3734
3735 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3736 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3737 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3738
3739 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3740 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3741 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3742 Precedence}.
3743
3744 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3745 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3746 following the token name:
3747
3748 @example
3749 %token NUM 300
3750 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3751 @end example
3752
3753 @noindent
3754 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3755 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3756 with each other or with normal characters.
3757
3758 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3759 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3760 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3761 Than One Value Type}).
3762
3763 For example:
3764
3765 @example
3766 @group
3767 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3768 double val;
3769 symrec *tptr;
3770 @}
3771 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3772 @end group
3773 @end example
3774
3775 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3776 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3777 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3778
3779 @example
3780 %token arrow "=>"
3781 @end example
3782
3783 @noindent
3784 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3785 equivalent literal string tokens:
3786
3787 @example
3788 %token <operator> OR "||"
3789 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3790 %left OR "<="
3791 @end example
3792
3793 @noindent
3794 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3795 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3796 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3797 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3798
3799 @node Precedence Decl
3800 @subsection Operator Precedence
3801 @cindex precedence declarations
3802 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3803 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3804
3805 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3806 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3807 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3808 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3809 operator precedence.
3810
3811 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3812 @code{%token}: either
3813
3814 @example
3815 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3816 @end example
3817
3818 @noindent
3819 or
3820
3821 @example
3822 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3823 @end example
3824
3825 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3826 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3827 all the @var{symbols}:
3828
3829 @itemize @bullet
3830 @item
3831 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3832 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3833 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3834 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3835 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3836 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3837 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3838 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3839 considered a syntax error.
3840
3841 @item
3842 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3843 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3844 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3845 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3846 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3847 @end itemize
3848
3849 @node Union Decl
3850 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3851 @cindex declaring value types
3852 @cindex value types, declaring
3853 @findex %union
3854
3855 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3856 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3857 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3858 @code{union} in C@.
3859
3860 For example:
3861
3862 @example
3863 @group
3864 %union @{
3865 double val;
3866 symrec *tptr;
3867 @}
3868 @end group
3869 @end example
3870
3871 @noindent
3872 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3873 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3874 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3875 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3876
3877 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3878 @code{union}. For example:
3879
3880 @example
3881 @group
3882 %union value @{
3883 double val;
3884 symrec *tptr;
3885 @}
3886 @end group
3887 @end example
3888
3889 @noindent
3890 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3891 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3892 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3893
3894 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3895 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3896 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3897
3898 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3899 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3900
3901 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
3902 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
3903 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
3904 a header file @file{parser.h}:
3905
3906 @example
3907 @group
3908 union YYSTYPE @{
3909 double val;
3910 symrec *tptr;
3911 @};
3912 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
3913 @end group
3914 @end example
3915
3916 @noindent
3917 and then your grammar can use the following
3918 instead of @code{%union}:
3919
3920 @example
3921 @group
3922 %@{
3923 #include "parser.h"
3924 %@}
3925 %type <val> expr
3926 %token <tptr> ID
3927 @end group
3928 @end example
3929
3930 @node Type Decl
3931 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3932 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3933 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3934 @findex %type
3935
3936 @noindent
3937 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3938 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3939 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3940
3941 @example
3942 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3943 @end example
3944
3945 @noindent
3946 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3947 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3948 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3949 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3950 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3951 the symbol names.
3952
3953 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3954 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3955 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3956 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3957
3958 @node Initial Action Decl
3959 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3960 @findex %initial-action
3961
3962 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3963 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3964 code.
3965
3966 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3967 @findex %initial-action
3968 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3969 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3970 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
3971 @code{%parse-param}.
3972 @end deffn
3973
3974 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3975
3976 @example
3977 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3978 %initial-action
3979 @{
3980 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3981 @};
3982 @end example
3983
3984
3985 @node Destructor Decl
3986 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3987 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3988 @findex %destructor
3989
3990 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3991 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3992 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3993 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3994 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3995 must discard the start symbol.
3996
3997 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3998 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3999 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4000 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4001
4002 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4003 symbol is automatically discarded.
4004
4005 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4006 @findex %destructor
4007 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4008 @var{symbols}.
4009 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4010 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4011 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4012 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4013 @end deffn
4014
4015 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @}
4016 @cindex default %destructor
4017 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards any user-declared
4018 grammar symbol for which the user has not specifically declared any
4019 @code{%destructor}.
4020 This is known as the default @code{%destructor}.
4021 As in the previous form, @code{$$}, @code{@@$}, and the additional parser
4022 parameters are available.
4023 @end deffn
4024
4025 For instance:
4026
4027 @smallexample
4028 %union @{ char *string; @}
4029 %token <string> STRING1
4030 %token <string> STRING2
4031 %type <string> string1
4032 %type <string> string2
4033 %destructor @{ free ($$); @}
4034 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4035 @end smallexample
4036
4037 @noindent
4038 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-declared symbol, it passes
4039 its semantic value to @code{free}.
4040 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4041 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4042 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4043 @code{free} only once.
4044
4045 @sp 1
4046
4047 @cindex discarded symbols
4048 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4049
4050 @itemize
4051 @item
4052 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4053 @item
4054 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4055 @item
4056 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4057 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4058 @item
4059 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4060 @end itemize
4061
4062 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4063 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4064 exhaustion.
4065
4066 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4067 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4068 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4069 the memory.
4070
4071 @node Expect Decl
4072 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4073 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4074 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4075 @cindex warnings, preventing
4076 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4077 @findex %expect
4078 @findex %expect-rr
4079
4080 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4081 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4082 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4083 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4084 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4085 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4086
4087 The declaration looks like this:
4088
4089 @example
4090 %expect @var{n}
4091 @end example
4092
4093 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4094 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4095 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4096 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4097
4098 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4099 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4100 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4101 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4102 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4103 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4104 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4105
4106 @example
4107 %expect-rr @var{n}
4108 @end example
4109
4110 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4111
4112 @itemize @bullet
4113 @item
4114 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4115 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4116 print the number of conflicts.
4117
4118 @item
4119 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4120 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4121 go back to the beginning.
4122
4123 @item
4124 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4125 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4126 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4127 @end itemize
4128
4129 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4130 will keep silent otherwise.
4131
4132 @node Start Decl
4133 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4134 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4135 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4136 @cindex default start symbol
4137 @findex %start
4138
4139 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4140 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4141 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4142
4143 @example
4144 %start @var{symbol}
4145 @end example
4146
4147 @node Pure Decl
4148 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4149 @cindex reentrant parser
4150 @cindex pure parser
4151 @findex %pure-parser
4152
4153 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4154 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4155 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4156 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4157 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4158 program must be called only within interlocks.
4159
4160 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4161 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4162 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4163 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4164 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4165
4166 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4167 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4168 reentrant. It looks like this:
4169
4170 @example
4171 %pure-parser
4172 @end example
4173
4174 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4175 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4176 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4177 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4178 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4179 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4180 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4181 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4182
4183 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4184 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4185 valid grammar.
4186
4187 @node Decl Summary
4188 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4189 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4190 @cindex declaration summary
4191 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4192
4193 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4194
4195 @deffn {Directive} %union
4196 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4197 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4198 @end deffn
4199
4200 @deffn {Directive} %token
4201 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4202 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4203 @end deffn
4204
4205 @deffn {Directive} %right
4206 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4207 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4208 @end deffn
4209
4210 @deffn {Directive} %left
4211 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4212 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4213 @end deffn
4214
4215 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4216 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4217 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4218 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4219 @end deffn
4220
4221 @ifset defaultprec
4222 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4223 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4224 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4225 @end deffn
4226 @end ifset
4227
4228 @deffn {Directive} %type
4229 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4230 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4231 @end deffn
4232
4233 @deffn {Directive} %start
4234 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4235 Start-Symbol}).
4236 @end deffn
4237
4238 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4239 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4240 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4241 @end deffn
4242
4243
4244 @sp 1
4245 @noindent
4246 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4247 directives:
4248
4249 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4250 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4251 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4252 @end deffn
4253 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4254
4255 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4256 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4257 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4258 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4259 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4260
4261 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
4262 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
4263 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
4264 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4265 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4266 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4267 or type definition
4268 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4269 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4270 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4271 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4272
4273 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4274 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4275 Parser}.
4276
4277 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4278 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4279 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4280 Locations}.
4281
4282 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4283 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4284 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4285 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4286 Tokens}.
4287
4288 @findex %start-header
4289 @findex %end-header
4290 If you have declared @code{%start-header} or @code{%end-header}, the output
4291 header also contains their code.
4292 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
4293 @end deffn
4294
4295 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4296 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4297 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4298 @end deffn
4299
4300 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4301 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4302 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4303 @end deffn
4304
4305 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4306 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4307 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4308 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4309 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4310 accurate syntax error messages.
4311 @end deffn
4312
4313 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4314 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4315 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4316 in C parsers
4317 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4318 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4319 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4320 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4321 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4322 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4323 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4324 @end deffn
4325
4326 @ifset defaultprec
4327 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4328 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4329 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4330 Precedence}).
4331 @end deffn
4332 @end ifset
4333
4334 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4335 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4336 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4337 declarations.
4338
4339 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4340 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4341 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4342 @end deffn
4343
4344 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4345 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4346 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4347 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4348 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4349 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4350 file in its own right.
4351 @end deffn
4352
4353 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4354 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4355 @end deffn
4356
4357 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4358 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4359 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4360 @end deffn
4361
4362 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4363 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4364 Require a Version of Bison}.
4365 @end deffn
4366
4367 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4368 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4369 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4370 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4371 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4372 @code{"$end"},
4373 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4374 defined in the grammar file.
4375
4376 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4377 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4378 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4379 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4380 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4381 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4382 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4383 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4384
4385 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4386 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4387 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4388
4389 @table @code
4390 @item YYNTOKENS
4391 The highest token number, plus one.
4392 @item YYNNTS
4393 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4394 @item YYNRULES
4395 The number of grammar rules,
4396 @item YYNSTATES
4397 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4398 @end table
4399 @end deffn
4400
4401 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4402 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4403 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4404 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4405 information.
4406 @end deffn
4407
4408 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4409 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4410 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4411 @end deffn
4412
4413
4414 @node Multiple Parsers
4415 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4416
4417 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4418 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4419 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4420 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4421
4422 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4423 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4424 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4425 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4426 names that do not conflict.
4427
4428 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4429 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4430 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4431 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4432
4433 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4434 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4435 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4436 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4437 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4438
4439 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4440 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4441 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4442 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4443
4444 @node Interface
4445 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4446 @cindex C-language interface
4447 @cindex interface
4448
4449 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4450 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4451 functions that it needs to use.
4452
4453 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4454 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4455 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4456 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4457
4458 @menu
4459 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4460 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4461 which reads tokens.
4462 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4463 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4464 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4465 native language.
4466 @end menu
4467
4468 @node Parser Function
4469 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4470 @findex yyparse
4471
4472 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4473 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4474 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4475 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4476 without reading further.
4477
4478
4479 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4480 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4481 is due to end-of-input).
4482
4483 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4484 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4485 invoked.
4486
4487 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4488 @end deftypefun
4489
4490 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4491 these macros:
4492
4493 @defmac YYACCEPT
4494 @findex YYACCEPT
4495 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4496 @end defmac
4497
4498 @defmac YYABORT
4499 @findex YYABORT
4500 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4501 @end defmac
4502
4503 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4504 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4505 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4506
4507 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4508 @findex %parse-param
4509 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4510 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4511 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4512 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4513 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4514 @end deffn
4515
4516 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4517
4518 @example
4519 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4520 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4521 @end example
4522
4523 @noindent
4524 Then call the parser like this:
4525
4526 @example
4527 @{
4528 int nastiness, randomness;
4529 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4530 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4531 @dots{}
4532 @}
4533 @end example
4534
4535 @noindent
4536 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4537
4538 @example
4539 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4540 @end example
4541
4542
4543 @node Lexical
4544 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4545 @findex yylex
4546 @cindex lexical analyzer
4547
4548 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4549 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4550 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4551 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4552
4553 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4554 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4555 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4556 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4557 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4558 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4559 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4560
4561 @menu
4562 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4563 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4564 of the token it has read.
4565 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4566 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4567 actions want that.
4568 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4569 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4570 @end menu
4571
4572 @node Calling Convention
4573 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4574
4575 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4576 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4577 signifies end-of-input.
4578
4579 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4580 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4581 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4582 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4583
4584 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4585 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4586 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4587 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4588 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4589 signifies end-of-input.
4590
4591 Here is an example showing these things:
4592
4593 @example
4594 int
4595 yylex (void)
4596 @{
4597 @dots{}
4598 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4599 return 0;
4600 @dots{}
4601 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4602 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4603 @dots{}
4604 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4605 @dots{}
4606 @}
4607 @end example
4608
4609 @noindent
4610 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4611 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4612
4613 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4614 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4615
4616 @itemize @bullet
4617 @item
4618 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4619 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4620 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4621 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4622
4623 @item
4624 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4625 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4626 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4627 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4628 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4629 to Bison.
4630
4631 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4632 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4633 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4634 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4635
4636 @smallexample
4637 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4638 @{
4639 if (yytname[i] != 0
4640 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4641 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4642 strlen (token_buffer))
4643 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4644 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4645 break;
4646 @}
4647 @end smallexample
4648
4649 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4650 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4651 @end itemize
4652
4653 @node Token Values
4654 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4655
4656 @vindex yylval
4657 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4658 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4659 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4660 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4661 @code{yylex}:
4662
4663 @example
4664 @group
4665 @dots{}
4666 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4667 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4668 @dots{}
4669 @end group
4670 @end example
4671
4672 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4673 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4674 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4675 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4676 declaration looks like this:
4677
4678 @example
4679 @group
4680 %union @{
4681 int intval;
4682 double val;
4683 symrec *tptr;
4684 @}
4685 @end group
4686 @end example
4687
4688 @noindent
4689 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4690
4691 @example
4692 @group
4693 @dots{}
4694 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4695 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4696 @dots{}
4697 @end group
4698 @end example
4699
4700 @node Token Locations
4701 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4702
4703 @vindex yylloc
4704 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4705 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4706 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4707 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4708 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4709 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4710
4711 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4712 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4713 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4714 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4715 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4716
4717 @tindex YYLTYPE
4718 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4719
4720 @node Pure Calling
4721 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4722
4723 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4724 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4725 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4726 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4727 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4728 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4729 pointers.
4730
4731 @example
4732 int
4733 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4734 @{
4735 @dots{}
4736 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4737 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4738 @dots{}
4739 @}
4740 @end example
4741
4742 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4743 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4744 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4745 only one argument.
4746
4747
4748 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4749 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4750 Function}).
4751
4752 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4753 @findex %lex-param
4754 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4755 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4756 @end deffn
4757
4758 For instance:
4759
4760 @example
4761 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4762 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4763 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4764 @end example
4765
4766 @noindent
4767 results in the following signature:
4768
4769 @example
4770 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4771 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4772 @end example
4773
4774 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4775
4776 @example
4777 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4778 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4779 @end example
4780
4781 @noindent
4782 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4783
4784 @example
4785 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4786 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4787 @end example
4788
4789 @node Error Reporting
4790 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4791 @cindex error reporting function
4792 @findex yyerror
4793 @cindex parse error
4794 @cindex syntax error
4795
4796 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4797 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4798 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4799 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4800 in Actions}).
4801
4802 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4803 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4804 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4805 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4806 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4807
4808 @findex %error-verbose
4809 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4810 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4811 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4812 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4813
4814 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4815 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4816 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4817 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4818 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4819 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4820
4821 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4822 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4823 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4824
4825 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4826
4827 @example
4828 @group
4829 void
4830 yyerror (char const *s)
4831 @{
4832 @end group
4833 @group
4834 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4835 @}
4836 @end group
4837 @end example
4838
4839 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4840 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4841 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4842 immediately return 1.
4843
4844 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4845 an access to the current location.
4846 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4847 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4848 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4849 @code{yyerror} are:
4850
4851 @example
4852 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4853 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4854 @end example
4855
4856 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4857
4858 @example
4859 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4860 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4861 @end example
4862
4863 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4864 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4865 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4866 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4867
4868 @example
4869 /* Location tracking. */
4870 %locations
4871 /* Pure yylex. */
4872 %pure-parser
4873 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4874 /* Pure yyparse. */
4875 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4876 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4877 @end example
4878
4879 @noindent
4880 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4881
4882 @example
4883 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4884 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4885 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4886 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4887 char const *msg);
4888 @end example
4889
4890 @noindent
4891 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4892 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4893 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4894 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4895 message is always passed last.
4896
4897 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4898 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4899 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4900 @code{yyerror}.
4901
4902 @vindex yynerrs
4903 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4904 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4905 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4906 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4907
4908 @node Action Features
4909 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4910 @cindex summary, action features
4911 @cindex action features summary
4912
4913 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4914 are useful in actions.
4915
4916 @deffn {Variable} $$
4917 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4918 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4919 @end deffn
4920
4921 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4922 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4923 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4924 @end deffn
4925
4926 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4927 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4928 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4929 Types of Values in Actions}.
4930 @end deffn
4931
4932 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4933 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4934 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4935 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4936 @end deffn
4937
4938 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4939 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4940 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4941 @end deffn
4942
4943 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4944 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4945 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4946 @end deffn
4947
4948 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4949 @findex YYBACKUP
4950 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4951 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
4952 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4953 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
4954 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4955 going to be reduced by this rule.
4956
4957 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4958 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4959 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4960 recovery.
4961
4962 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4963 @end deffn
4964
4965 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4966 @vindex YYEMPTY
4967 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
4968 @end deffn
4969
4970 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
4971 @vindex YYEOF
4972 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
4973 stream.
4974 @end deffn
4975
4976 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4977 @findex YYERROR
4978 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4979 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4980 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4981 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4982 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4983 @end deffn
4984
4985 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4986 @findex YYRECOVERING
4987 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
4988 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
4989 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4990 @end deffn
4991
4992 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4993 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
4994 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
4995 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
4996 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4997 Actions}).
4998 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
4999 @end deffn
5000
5001 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5002 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5003 error rules.
5004 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5005 Semantic Actions}).
5006 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5007 @end deffn
5008
5009 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
5010 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
5011 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
5012 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5013 @end deffn
5014
5015 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
5016 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
5017 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5018 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5019 Actions}).
5020 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
5021 @end deffn
5022
5023 @deffn {Variable} yylval
5024 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
5025 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5026 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5027 Actions}).
5028 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
5029 @end deffn
5030
5031 @deffn {Value} @@$
5032 @findex @@$
5033 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5034 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5035 Tracking Locations}.
5036
5037 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
5038
5039 @c @example
5040 @c struct @{
5041 @c int first_line, last_line;
5042 @c int first_column, last_column;
5043 @c @};
5044 @c @end example
5045
5046 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
5047 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
5048
5049 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5050 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5051 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5052 @c those members.
5053
5054 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5055 @end deffn
5056
5057 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5058 @findex @@@var{n}
5059 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5060 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5061 Tracking Locations}.
5062 @end deffn
5063
5064 @node Internationalization
5065 @section Parser Internationalization
5066 @cindex internationalization
5067 @cindex i18n
5068 @cindex NLS
5069 @cindex gettext
5070 @cindex bison-po
5071
5072 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5073 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5074 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5075 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5076 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5077 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5078 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5079 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5080 installation.
5081
5082 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5083 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5084 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5085 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5086
5087 @enumerate
5088 @item
5089 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5090 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5091 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5092 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5093 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5094 For example:
5095
5096 @example
5097 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5098 @end example
5099
5100 @item
5101 @findex BISON_I18N
5102 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5103 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5104 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5105 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5106 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5107 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5108 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5109 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5110 Bison-generated parser.
5111
5112 @item
5113 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5114 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5115 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5116 For example:
5117
5118 @example
5119 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5120 @end example
5121
5122 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5123 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5124 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5125 @file{Makefile}.
5126
5127 @item
5128 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5129 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5130 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5131
5132 @example
5133 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5134 @end example
5135
5136 or:
5137
5138 @example
5139 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5140 @end example
5141
5142 @item
5143 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5144 infrastructure.
5145 @end enumerate
5146
5147
5148 @node Algorithm
5149 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5150 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5151 @cindex algorithm of parser
5152 @cindex shifting
5153 @cindex reduction
5154 @cindex parser stack
5155 @cindex stack, parser
5156
5157 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5158 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5159 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5160
5161 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5162 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5163 that was shifted.
5164
5165 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5166 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5167 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5168 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5169 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5170 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5171 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5172
5173 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5174
5175 @example
5176 1 + 5 * 3
5177 @end example
5178
5179 @noindent
5180 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5181 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5182
5183 @example
5184 expr: expr '*' expr;
5185 @end example
5186
5187 @noindent
5188 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5189
5190 @example
5191 1 + 15
5192 @end example
5193
5194 @noindent
5195 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5196 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5197
5198 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5199 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5200 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5201
5202 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5203
5204 @menu
5205 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5206 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5207 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5208 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5209 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5210 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5211 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5212 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5213 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5214 @end menu
5215
5216 @node Lookahead
5217 @section Lookahead Tokens
5218 @cindex lookahead token
5219
5220 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5221 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5222 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5223 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5224 token in order to decide what to do.
5225
5226 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5227 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5228 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5229 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5230 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5231 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5232 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5233 application.
5234
5235 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5236 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5237 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5238
5239 @example
5240 @group
5241 expr: term '+' expr
5242 | term
5243 ;
5244 @end group
5245
5246 @group
5247 term: '(' expr ')'
5248 | term '!'
5249 | NUMBER
5250 ;
5251 @end group
5252 @end example
5253
5254 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5255 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5256 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5257 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5258 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5259
5260 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5261 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5262 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5263 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5264 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5265 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5266
5267 @vindex yychar
5268 @vindex yylval
5269 @vindex yylloc
5270 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5271 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5272 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5273 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5274
5275 @node Shift/Reduce
5276 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5277 @cindex conflicts
5278 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5279 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5280 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5281
5282 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5283 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5284
5285 @example
5286 @group
5287 if_stmt:
5288 IF expr THEN stmt
5289 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5290 ;
5291 @end group
5292 @end example
5293
5294 @noindent
5295 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5296 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5297
5298 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5299 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5300 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5301 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5302 rule.
5303
5304 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5305 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5306 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5307 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5308 contrast it with the other alternative.
5309
5310 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5311 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5312 equivalent:
5313
5314 @example
5315 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5316
5317 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5318 @end example
5319
5320 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5321 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5322 making these two inputs equivalent:
5323
5324 @example
5325 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5326
5327 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5328 @end example
5329
5330 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5331 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5332 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5333 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5334 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5335 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5336 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5337 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5338
5339 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5340 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5341 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5342 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5343
5344 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5345 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5346 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5347 conflict:
5348
5349 @example
5350 @group
5351 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5352 %%
5353 @end group
5354 @group
5355 stmt: expr
5356 | if_stmt
5357 ;
5358 @end group
5359
5360 @group
5361 if_stmt:
5362 IF expr THEN stmt
5363 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5364 ;
5365 @end group
5366
5367 expr: variable
5368 ;
5369 @end example
5370
5371 @node Precedence
5372 @section Operator Precedence
5373 @cindex operator precedence
5374 @cindex precedence of operators
5375
5376 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5377 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5378 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5379 shift and when to reduce.
5380
5381 @menu
5382 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5383 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5384 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5385 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5386 @end menu
5387
5388 @node Why Precedence
5389 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5390
5391 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5392 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5393
5394 @example
5395 @group
5396 expr: expr '-' expr
5397 | expr '*' expr
5398 | expr '<' expr
5399 | '(' expr ')'
5400 @dots{}
5401 ;
5402 @end group
5403 @end example
5404
5405 @noindent
5406 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5407 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5408 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5409 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5410 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5411 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5412 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5413 different results.
5414
5415 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5416 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5417 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5418 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5419 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5420 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5421 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5422 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5423 @samp{<}.
5424
5425 @cindex associativity
5426 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5427 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5428 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5429 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5430 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5431 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5432 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5433 makes right-associativity.
5434
5435 @node Using Precedence
5436 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5437 @findex %left
5438 @findex %right
5439 @findex %nonassoc
5440
5441 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5442 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5443 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5444 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5445 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5446 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5447 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5448 row''.
5449
5450 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5451 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5452 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5453 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5454 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5455
5456 @node Precedence Examples
5457 @subsection Precedence Examples
5458
5459 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5460
5461 @example
5462 %left '<'
5463 %left '-'
5464 %left '*'
5465 @end example
5466
5467 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5468 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5469 declared with @code{'-'}:
5470
5471 @example
5472 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5473 %left '+' '-'
5474 %left '*' '/'
5475 @end example
5476
5477 @noindent
5478 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5479 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5480 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5481
5482 @node How Precedence
5483 @subsection How Precedence Works
5484
5485 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5486 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5487 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5488 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5489 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5490 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5491
5492 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5493 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5494 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5495 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5496 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5497 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5498 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5499 resolved.
5500
5501 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5502 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5503
5504 @node Contextual Precedence
5505 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5506 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5507 @cindex unary operator precedence
5508 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5509 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5510 @findex %prec
5511
5512 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5513 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5514 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5515 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5516
5517 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5518 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5519 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5520 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5521 modifier for rules.
5522
5523 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5524 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5525 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5526 modifier's syntax is:
5527
5528 @example
5529 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5530 @end example
5531
5532 @noindent
5533 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5534 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5535 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5536 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5537 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5538
5539 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5540 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5541 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5542 precedence:
5543
5544 @example
5545 @dots{}
5546 %left '+' '-'
5547 %left '*'
5548 %left UMINUS
5549 @end example
5550
5551 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5552
5553 @example
5554 @group
5555 exp: @dots{}
5556 | exp '-' exp
5557 @dots{}
5558 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5559 @end group
5560 @end example
5561
5562 @ifset defaultprec
5563 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5564 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5565 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5566 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5567
5568 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5569 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5570 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5571 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5572
5573 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5574 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5575 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5576 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5577 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5578 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5579
5580 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5581 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5582 @end ifset
5583
5584 @node Parser States
5585 @section Parser States
5586 @cindex finite-state machine
5587 @cindex parser state
5588 @cindex state (of parser)
5589
5590 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5591 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5592 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5593 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5594 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5595
5596 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
5597 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5598 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
5599 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5600 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5601 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5602 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5603 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5604 pushed.
5605
5606 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
5607 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5608 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5609
5610 @node Reduce/Reduce
5611 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5612 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5613 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5614
5615 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5616 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5617 in the grammar.
5618
5619 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5620 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5621
5622 @example
5623 sequence: /* empty */
5624 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5625 | maybeword
5626 | sequence word
5627 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5628 ;
5629
5630 maybeword: /* empty */
5631 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5632 | word
5633 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5634 ;
5635 @end example
5636
5637 @noindent
5638 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5639 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5640 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5641 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5642 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5643 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5644
5645 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5646 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5647 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5648
5649 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5650 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5651 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5652 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5653 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5654
5655 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5656 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5657 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5658 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5659
5660 @example
5661 sequence: /* empty */
5662 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5663 | sequence word
5664 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5665 ;
5666 @end example
5667
5668 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5669
5670 @example
5671 sequence: /* empty */
5672 | sequence words
5673 | sequence redirects
5674 ;
5675
5676 words: /* empty */
5677 | words word
5678 ;
5679
5680 redirects:/* empty */
5681 | redirects redirect
5682 ;
5683 @end example
5684
5685 @noindent
5686 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5687 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5688 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5689 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5690 in infinitely many ways!
5691
5692 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5693 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5694 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5695 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5696
5697 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5698 of sequence:
5699
5700 @example
5701 sequence: /* empty */
5702 | sequence word
5703 | sequence redirect
5704 ;
5705 @end example
5706
5707 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5708 from being empty:
5709
5710 @example
5711 sequence: /* empty */
5712 | sequence words
5713 | sequence redirects
5714 ;
5715
5716 words: word
5717 | words word
5718 ;
5719
5720 redirects:redirect
5721 | redirects redirect
5722 ;
5723 @end example
5724
5725 @node Mystery Conflicts
5726 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5727
5728 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5729 Here is an example:
5730
5731 @example
5732 @group
5733 %token ID
5734
5735 %%
5736 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5737 ;
5738 param_spec:
5739 type
5740 | name_list ':' type
5741 ;
5742 @end group
5743 @group
5744 return_spec:
5745 type
5746 | name ':' type
5747 ;
5748 @end group
5749 @group
5750 type: ID
5751 ;
5752 @end group
5753 @group
5754 name: ID
5755 ;
5756 name_list:
5757 name
5758 | name ',' name_list
5759 ;
5760 @end group
5761 @end example
5762
5763 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5764 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5765 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5766 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5767
5768 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5769 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5770 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5771 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5772 an @code{ID}
5773 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5774 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5775 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5776 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5777 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5778 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
5779 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5780 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5781 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5782
5783 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5784 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5785 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5786 and tend to
5787 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5788 as it is now.
5789
5790 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5791 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5792 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5793 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5794
5795 @example
5796 @group
5797 %token BOGUS
5798 @dots{}
5799 %%
5800 @dots{}
5801 return_spec:
5802 type
5803 | name ':' type
5804 /* This rule is never used. */
5805 | ID BOGUS
5806 ;
5807 @end group
5808 @end example
5809
5810 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5811 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5812 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5813 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5814 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5815 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5816
5817 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5818 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5819 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5820 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5821 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5822 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5823
5824 @example
5825 param_spec:
5826 type
5827 | name_list ':' type
5828 ;
5829 return_spec:
5830 type
5831 | ID ':' type
5832 ;
5833 @end example
5834
5835 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5836 generators, please see:
5837 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5838 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5839 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5840 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5841
5842 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5843 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5844 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5845 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5846 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5847 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5848
5849 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5850 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5851 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
5852 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5853 context-free languages.
5854 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5855 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5856 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5857 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5858 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5859 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5860 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5861 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5862
5863 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5864 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5865 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5866 parser uses the same basic
5867 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5868 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5869 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5870 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5871 situation, it
5872 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5873 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5874 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5875 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5876 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5877
5878 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5879 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5880 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5881 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5882 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5883 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5884 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5885 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5886 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5887 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5888 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5889 stream.
5890
5891 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5892 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5893 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5894 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5895 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5896 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5897 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5898 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5899 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5900 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5901 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5902 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5903
5904 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5905 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5906 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5907 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5908 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5909 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5910 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5911 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5912 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5913 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5914 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5915 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5916 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5917 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5918 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5919 Bison parser.
5920
5921 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5922 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5923 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5924 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5925 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5926 (2000-12-24).
5927
5928 @node Memory Management
5929 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5930 @cindex memory exhaustion
5931 @cindex memory management
5932 @cindex stack overflow
5933 @cindex parser stack overflow
5934 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5935
5936 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5937 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5938 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5939
5940 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5941 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5942 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5943
5944 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5945 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5946 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5947 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5948 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5949
5950 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5951 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5952 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5953 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5954 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5955 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5956
5957 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5958 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5959 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5960 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5961
5962 @cindex default stack limit
5963 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5964 10000.
5965
5966 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5967 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5968 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5969 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5970 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5971 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5972
5973 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5974
5975 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5976 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5977 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5978 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5979 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5980 this deficiency in a future release.
5981
5982 @node Error Recovery
5983 @chapter Error Recovery
5984 @cindex error recovery
5985 @cindex recovery from errors
5986
5987 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5988 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5989 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5990 another expression.
5991
5992 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5993 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5994 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5995 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5996 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5997 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5998 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5999
6000 @findex error
6001 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6002 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
6003 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
6004 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
6005 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
6006 in the current context, the parse can continue.
6007
6008 For example:
6009
6010 @example
6011 stmnts: /* empty string */
6012 | stmnts '\n'
6013 | stmnts exp '\n'
6014 | stmnts error '\n'
6015 @end example
6016
6017 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
6018 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
6019
6020 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
6021 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
6022 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
6023 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
6024 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
6025 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
6026 applicable in the ordinary way.
6027
6028 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
6029 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
6030 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
6031 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
6032 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
6033 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
6034 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
6035 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
6036 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
6037 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
6038 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
6039 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
6040
6041 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
6042 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
6043 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
6044
6045 @example
6046 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
6047 @end example
6048
6049 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6050 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6051 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6052 spurious error message:
6053
6054 @example
6055 primary: '(' expr ')'
6056 | '(' error ')'
6057 @dots{}
6058 ;
6059 @end example
6060
6061 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6062 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6063 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6064 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6065 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6066 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6067 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6068 @code{stmnt}.
6069
6070 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6071 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6072 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6073 error messages resume.
6074
6075 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6076 as any other rules can.
6077
6078 @findex yyerrok
6079 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6080 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6081 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6082 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6083
6084 @findex yyclearin
6085 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6086 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6087 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6088 action.
6089 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6090
6091 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6092 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6093 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6094 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6095 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6096
6097 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6098 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6099 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6100 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6101 error.
6102
6103 @node Context Dependency
6104 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6105
6106 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6107 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6108 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6109 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6110 languages.
6111
6112 @menu
6113 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6114 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6115 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6116 error recovery rules must be written.
6117 @end menu
6118
6119 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6120 neither clean nor robust.)
6121
6122 @node Semantic Tokens
6123 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6124
6125 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6126 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6127
6128 @example
6129 foo (x);
6130 @end example
6131
6132 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6133 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6134 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6135
6136 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6137 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6138 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6139 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6140 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6141
6142 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6143 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6144 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6145 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6146 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6147 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6148 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6149
6150 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6151 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6152 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6153 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6154 earlier:
6155
6156 @example
6157 typedef int foo, bar;
6158 int baz (void)
6159 @{
6160 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6161 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6162 return foo (bar);
6163 @}
6164 @end example
6165
6166 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6167 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6168
6169 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6170 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6171 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6172 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6173 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6174
6175 @example
6176 initdcl:
6177 declarator maybeasm '='
6178 init
6179 | declarator maybeasm
6180 ;
6181
6182 notype_initdcl:
6183 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6184 init
6185 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6186 ;
6187 @end example
6188
6189 @noindent
6190 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6191 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6192 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6193
6194 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6195 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6196 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6197 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6198 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6199 the syntactic context.
6200
6201 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6202 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6203 @cindex lexical tie-in
6204
6205 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6206 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6207 parsed.
6208
6209 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6210 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6211 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6212 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6213 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6214
6215 @example
6216 @group
6217 %@{
6218 int hexflag;
6219 int yylex (void);
6220 void yyerror (char const *);
6221 %@}
6222 %%
6223 @dots{}
6224 @end group
6225 @group
6226 expr: IDENTIFIER
6227 | constant
6228 | HEX '('
6229 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6230 expr ')'
6231 @{ hexflag = 0;
6232 $$ = $4; @}
6233 | expr '+' expr
6234 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6235 @dots{}
6236 ;
6237 @end group
6238
6239 @group
6240 constant:
6241 INTEGER
6242 | STRING
6243 ;
6244 @end group
6245 @end example
6246
6247 @noindent
6248 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6249 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6250 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6251
6252 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6253 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6254 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6255
6256 @node Tie-in Recovery
6257 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6258
6259 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6260 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6261
6262 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6263 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6264 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6265 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6266
6267 @example
6268 stmt: expr ';'
6269 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6270 @dots{}
6271 error ';'
6272 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6273 ;
6274 @end example
6275
6276 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6277 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6278 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6279 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6280 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6281
6282 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6283
6284 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6285 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6286 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6287
6288 @example
6289 @group
6290 expr: @dots{}
6291 | '(' expr ')'
6292 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6293 | '(' error ')'
6294 @dots{}
6295 @end group
6296 @end example
6297
6298 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6299 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6300 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6301 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6302
6303 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6304 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6305 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6306 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6307 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6308 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6309 clear the flag.
6310
6311 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6312
6313 @node Debugging
6314 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6315
6316 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6317 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6318 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6319 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6320 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6321 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6322
6323 @menu
6324 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6325 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6326 @end menu
6327
6328 @node Understanding
6329 @section Understanding Your Parser
6330
6331 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6332 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6333 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6334 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6335 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6336 file).
6337
6338 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6339 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6340 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6341 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6342 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6343 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6344 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6345
6346 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6347
6348 @example
6349 %token NUM STR
6350 %left '+' '-'
6351 %left '*'
6352 %%
6353 exp: exp '+' exp
6354 | exp '-' exp
6355 | exp '*' exp
6356 | exp '/' exp
6357 | NUM
6358 ;
6359 useless: STR;
6360 %%
6361 @end example
6362
6363 @command{bison} reports:
6364
6365 @example
6366 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6367 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6368 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6369 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6370 @end example
6371
6372 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6373 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6374 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6375 interpretation is the same.
6376
6377 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6378 to precedence and/or associativity:
6379
6380 @example
6381 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6382 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6383 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6384 @exdent @dots{}
6385 @end example
6386
6387 @noindent
6388 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6389
6390 @example
6391 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6392 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6393 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6394 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6395 @end example
6396
6397 @noindent
6398 @cindex token, useless
6399 @cindex useless token
6400 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6401 @cindex useless nonterminal
6402 @cindex rule, useless
6403 @cindex useless rule
6404 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6405 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6406 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6407 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6408 below):
6409
6410 @example
6411 Useless nonterminals:
6412 useless
6413
6414 Terminals which are not used:
6415 STR
6416
6417 Useless rules:
6418 #6 useless: STR;
6419 @end example
6420
6421 @noindent
6422 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6423
6424 @example
6425 Grammar
6426
6427 Number, Line, Rule
6428 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6429 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6430 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6431 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6432 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6433 5 9 exp -> NUM
6434 @end example
6435
6436 @noindent
6437 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6438
6439 @example
6440 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6441
6442 $end (0) 0
6443 '*' (42) 3
6444 '+' (43) 1
6445 '-' (45) 2
6446 '/' (47) 4
6447 error (256)
6448 NUM (258) 5
6449
6450 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6451
6452 $accept (8)
6453 on left: 0
6454 exp (9)
6455 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6456 @end example
6457
6458 @noindent
6459 @cindex item
6460 @cindex pointed rule
6461 @cindex rule, pointed
6462 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6463 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6464 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6465 that the input cursor.
6466
6467 @example
6468 state 0
6469
6470 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6471
6472 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6473
6474 exp go to state 2
6475 @end example
6476
6477 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6478 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6479 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6480 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6481 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6482 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6483 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6484 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6485
6486 @cindex core, item set
6487 @cindex item set core
6488 @cindex kernel, item set
6489 @cindex item set core
6490 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6491 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6492 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6493 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6494 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6495 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6496 be derived:
6497
6498 @example
6499 state 0
6500
6501 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6502 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6503 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6504 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6505 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6506 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6507
6508 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6509
6510 exp go to state 2
6511 @end example
6512
6513 @noindent
6514 In the state 1...
6515
6516 @example
6517 state 1
6518
6519 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6520
6521 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6522 @end example
6523
6524 @noindent
6525 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
6526 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6527 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6528 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6529
6530 @example
6531 state 2
6532
6533 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6534 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6535 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6536 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6537 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6538
6539 $ shift, and go to state 3
6540 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6541 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6542 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6543 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6544 @end example
6545
6546 @noindent
6547 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6548 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
6549 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6550 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6551 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6552 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6553
6554 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6555 state}:
6556
6557 @example
6558 state 3
6559
6560 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6561
6562 $default accept
6563 @end example
6564
6565 @noindent
6566 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6567 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6568
6569 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6570 the reader.
6571
6572 @example
6573 state 4
6574
6575 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6576
6577 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6578
6579 exp go to state 8
6580
6581 state 5
6582
6583 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6584
6585 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6586
6587 exp go to state 9
6588
6589 state 6
6590
6591 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6592
6593 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6594
6595 exp go to state 10
6596
6597 state 7
6598
6599 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6600
6601 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6602
6603 exp go to state 11
6604 @end example
6605
6606 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6607 1 shift/reduce}:
6608
6609 @example
6610 state 8
6611
6612 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6613 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6614 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6615 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6616 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6617
6618 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6619 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6620
6621 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6622 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6623 @end example
6624
6625 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
6626 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6627 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6628 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6629 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6630 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6631 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6632 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6633
6634 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6635 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6636 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6637 square brackets.
6638
6639 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6640 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6641 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6642 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6643 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6644 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6645 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6646 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6647 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6648 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6649 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
6650 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
6651
6652 @example
6653 state 8
6654
6655 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6656 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6657 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6658 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6659 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6660
6661 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6662 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6663
6664 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6665 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6666 @end example
6667
6668 The remaining states are similar:
6669
6670 @example
6671 state 9
6672
6673 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6674 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6675 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6676 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6677 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6678
6679 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6680 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6681
6682 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6683 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6684
6685 state 10
6686
6687 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6688 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6689 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6690 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6691 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6692
6693 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6694
6695 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6696 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6697
6698 state 11
6699
6700 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6701 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6702 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6703 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6704 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6705
6706 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6707 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6708 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6709 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6710
6711 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6712 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6713 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6714 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6715 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6716 @end example
6717
6718 @noindent
6719 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6720 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6721 @samp{*}, but also because the
6722 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6723
6724
6725 @node Tracing
6726 @section Tracing Your Parser
6727 @findex yydebug
6728 @cindex debugging
6729 @cindex tracing the parser
6730
6731 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6732 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6733
6734 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6735
6736 @table @asis
6737 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6738 @findex YYDEBUG
6739 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6740 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6741 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6742 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6743 Prologue}).
6744
6745 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6746 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6747 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6748
6749 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6750 @findex %debug
6751 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6752 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6753 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6754 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6755 you, this is
6756 the preferred solution.
6757 @end table
6758
6759 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6760 always possible.
6761
6762 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6763 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6764 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6765 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6766 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6767 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6768
6769 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6770 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6771 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6772 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6773
6774 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6775 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6776 messages tell you these things:
6777
6778 @itemize @bullet
6779 @item
6780 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6781
6782 @item
6783 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6784 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6785
6786 @item
6787 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6788 of the state stack afterward.
6789 @end itemize
6790
6791 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6792 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6793 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6794 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6795 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6796 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6797 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6798 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6799 grammar are to blame.
6800
6801 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6802 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6803 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6804 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6805 the grammar it is working.
6806
6807 @findex YYPRINT
6808 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6809 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6810 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6811 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6812 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6813 value (from @code{yylval}).
6814
6815 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6816 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6817
6818 @smallexample
6819 %@{
6820 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6821 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6822 %@}
6823
6824 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6825
6826 static void
6827 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6828 @{
6829 if (type == VAR)
6830 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6831 else if (type == NUM)
6832 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6833 @}
6834 @end smallexample
6835
6836 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6837
6838 @node Invocation
6839 @chapter Invoking Bison
6840 @cindex invoking Bison
6841 @cindex Bison invocation
6842 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6843
6844 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6845
6846 @example
6847 bison @var{infile}
6848 @end example
6849
6850 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6851 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6852 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6853 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6854 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6855 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6856 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6857 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6858 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6859 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6860 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6861 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6862
6863 For example :
6864
6865 @example
6866 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6867 @end example
6868 @noindent
6869 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6870
6871 @example
6872 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6873 @end example
6874 @noindent
6875 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6876
6877 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6878 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6879 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6880
6881 @menu
6882 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6883 in alphabetical order by short options.
6884 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6885 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6886 @end menu
6887
6888 @node Bison Options
6889 @section Bison Options
6890
6891 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6892 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6893 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6894 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6895 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6896 @samp{=}.
6897
6898 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6899 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6900 option.
6901
6902 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6903 @noindent
6904 Operations modes:
6905 @table @option
6906 @item -h
6907 @itemx --help
6908 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6909
6910 @item -V
6911 @itemx --version
6912 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6913
6914 @item --print-localedir
6915 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6916
6917 @item -y
6918 @itemx --yacc
6919 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6920 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6921 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6922 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6923 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6924 @file{y.tab.h}.
6925 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
6926 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
6927 names.
6928 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
6929 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6930
6931 @example
6932 #! /bin/sh
6933 bison -y "$@@"
6934 @end example
6935
6936 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6937 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6938 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6939 this option is specified.
6940
6941 @end table
6942
6943 @noindent
6944 Tuning the parser:
6945
6946 @table @option
6947 @item -S @var{file}
6948 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6949 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6950 you are developing Bison.
6951
6952 @item -t
6953 @itemx --debug
6954 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6955 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6956 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6957
6958 @item --locations
6959 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6960
6961 @item -p @var{prefix}
6962 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6963 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6964 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6965
6966 @item -l
6967 @itemx --no-lines
6968 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6969 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6970 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6971 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6972 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6973
6974 @item -n
6975 @itemx --no-parser
6976 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6977
6978 @item -k
6979 @itemx --token-table
6980 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6981 @end table
6982
6983 @noindent
6984 Adjust the output:
6985
6986 @table @option
6987 @item -d
6988 @itemx --defines
6989 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6990 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6991 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6992
6993 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6994 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6995
6996 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6997 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6998 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
6999 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7000
7001 @item -r @var{things}
7002 @itemx --report=@var{things}
7003 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
7004 separated list of @var{things} among:
7005
7006 @table @code
7007 @item state
7008 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
7009 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
7010
7011 @item lookahead
7012 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7013 each rule's lookahead set.
7014
7015 @item itemset
7016 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7017 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
7018 @end table
7019
7020 @item -v
7021 @itemx --verbose
7022 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7023 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
7024 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7025
7026 @item -o @var{file}
7027 @itemx --output=@var{file}
7028 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
7029
7030 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
7031 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
7032
7033 @item -g
7034 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
7035 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
7036 @acronym{VCG} output file will
7037 be @file{foo.vcg}.
7038
7039 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
7040 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
7041 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
7042 the output graph file.
7043 @end table
7044
7045 @node Option Cross Key
7046 @section Option Cross Key
7047
7048 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
7049 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
7050 the corresponding short option.
7051
7052 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
7053 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7054 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7055 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7056 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7057 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7058 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7059 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7060 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7061 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
7062 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7063 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7064 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7065 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7066 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7067 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7068 @end multitable
7069
7070 @node Yacc Library
7071 @section Yacc Library
7072
7073 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7074 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7075 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7076 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7077 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7078 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7079 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7080
7081 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7082 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7083
7084 @example
7085 int yyerror (char const *);
7086 @end example
7087
7088 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7089 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7090 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7091
7092 @example
7093 int yyparse (void);
7094 @end example
7095
7096 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7097
7098 @node C++ Language Interface
7099 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7100
7101 @menu
7102 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7103 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7104 @end menu
7105
7106 @node C++ Parsers
7107 @section C++ Parsers
7108
7109 @menu
7110 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7111 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7112 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7113 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7114 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7115 @end menu
7116
7117 @node C++ Bison Interface
7118 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7119 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7120 @c - Always pure
7121 @c - initial action
7122
7123 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To
7124 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
7125 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7126 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7127 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7128 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7129 various classes are generated in the following files:
7130
7131 @table @file
7132 @item position.hh
7133 @itemx location.hh
7134 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7135 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7136
7137 @item stack.hh
7138 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7139
7140 @item @var{file}.hh
7141 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7142 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7143 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7144 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7145 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7146
7147 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7148 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7149 @samp{%defines} directive.
7150 @end table
7151
7152 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7153 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7154
7155 @node C++ Semantic Values
7156 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7157 @c - No objects in unions
7158 @c - YSTYPE
7159 @c - Printer and destructor
7160
7161 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7162 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7163 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7164 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7165 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7166 @itemize @minus
7167 @item
7168 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7169 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7170 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7171 @item
7172 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7173 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7174 to such objects are allowed.
7175 @end itemize
7176
7177 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7178 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7179 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7180 Symbols}.
7181
7182
7183 @node C++ Location Values
7184 @subsection C++ Location Values
7185 @c - %locations
7186 @c - class Position
7187 @c - class Location
7188 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7189
7190 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7191 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7192 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7193 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7194 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7195
7196 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7197 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7198 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7199 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7200 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7201 @end deftypemethod
7202
7203 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7204 The line, starting at 1.
7205 @end deftypemethod
7206
7207 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7208 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7209 @end deftypemethod
7210
7211 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7212 The column, starting at 0.
7213 @end deftypemethod
7214
7215 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7216 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7217 @end deftypemethod
7218
7219 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7220 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7221 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7222 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7223 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7224 @end deftypemethod
7225
7226 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7227 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7228 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7229 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7230 @end deftypemethod
7231
7232 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7233 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7234 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7235 @end deftypemethod
7236
7237 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7238 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7239 Advance the @code{end} position.
7240 @end deftypemethod
7241
7242 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7243 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7244 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7245 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7246 @end deftypemethod
7247
7248 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7249 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7250 @end deftypemethod
7251
7252
7253 @node C++ Parser Interface
7254 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7255 @c - define parser_class_name
7256 @c - Ctor
7257 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7258 @c debug_stream.
7259 @c - Reporting errors
7260
7261 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7262 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7263 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7264 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7265 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7266 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7267 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7268 additional argument for its constructor.
7269
7270 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7271 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7272 The types for semantics value and locations.
7273 @end defcv
7274
7275 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7276 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7277 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7278 @end deftypemethod
7279
7280 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7281 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7282 @end deftypemethod
7283
7284 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7285 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7286 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7287 @code{std::cerr}.
7288 @end deftypemethod
7289
7290 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7291 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7292 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7293 or nonzero, full tracing.
7294 @end deftypemethod
7295
7296 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7297 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7298 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7299 described by @var{m}.
7300 @end deftypemethod
7301
7302
7303 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7304 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7305 @c - prefix for yylex.
7306 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7307 @c - %lex-param
7308
7309 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7310 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7311 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7312
7313 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7314 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7315 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7316 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7317 @end deftypemethod
7318
7319
7320 @node A Complete C++ Example
7321 @section A Complete C++ Example
7322
7323 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7324 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7325 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7326 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7327 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7328 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7329 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7330 actually easier to interface with.
7331
7332 @menu
7333 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7334 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7335 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7336 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7337 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7338 @end menu
7339
7340 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7341 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7342
7343 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7344 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7345 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7346 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7347 of valid input follows.
7348
7349 @example
7350 three := 3
7351 seven := one + two * three
7352 seven * seven
7353 @end example
7354
7355 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7356 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7357 @c - An env
7358 @c - A place to store error messages
7359 @c - A place for the result
7360
7361 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7362 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7363 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7364 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7365 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7366 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7367 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7368
7369 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7370 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7371 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7372 class.
7373
7374 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7375 @example
7376 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7377 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7378 # include <string>
7379 # include <map>
7380 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7381 @end example
7382
7383
7384 @noindent
7385 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7386 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7387 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7388 factor both as follows.
7389
7390 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7391 @example
7392 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7393 # define YY_DECL \
7394 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7395 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7396 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7397 calcxx_driver& driver)
7398 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7399 YY_DECL;
7400 @end example
7401
7402 @noindent
7403 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7404 members.
7405
7406 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7407 @example
7408 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7409 class calcxx_driver
7410 @{
7411 public:
7412 calcxx_driver ();
7413 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7414
7415 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7416
7417 int result;
7418 @end example
7419
7420 @noindent
7421 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7422 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7423
7424 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7425 @example
7426 // Handling the scanner.
7427 void scan_begin ();
7428 void scan_end ();
7429 bool trace_scanning;
7430 @end example
7431
7432 @noindent
7433 Similarly for the parser itself.
7434
7435 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7436 @example
7437 // Handling the parser.
7438 void parse (const std::string& f);
7439 std::string file;
7440 bool trace_parsing;
7441 @end example
7442
7443 @noindent
7444 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7445 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7446 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7447 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7448
7449 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7450 @example
7451 // Error handling.
7452 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7453 void error (const std::string& m);
7454 @};
7455 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7456 @end example
7457
7458 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7459 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7460 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7461 messages and set error state.
7462
7463 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7464 @example
7465 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7466 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7467
7468 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7469 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7470 @{
7471 variables["one"] = 1;
7472 variables["two"] = 2;
7473 @}
7474
7475 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7476 @{
7477 @}
7478
7479 void
7480 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7481 @{
7482 file = f;
7483 scan_begin ();
7484 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7485 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7486 parser.parse ();
7487 scan_end ();
7488 @}
7489
7490 void
7491 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7492 @{
7493 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7494 @}
7495
7496 void
7497 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7498 @{
7499 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7500 @}
7501 @end example
7502
7503 @node Calc++ Parser
7504 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7505
7506 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7507 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7508 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7509 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7510 the grammar for.
7511
7512 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7513 @example
7514 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7515 %require "2.1a"
7516 %defines
7517 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7518 @end example
7519
7520 @noindent
7521 @findex %start-header
7522 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7523 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7524 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7525 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7526 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7527 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7528 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
7529
7530 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7531 @example
7532 %start-header @{
7533 # include <string>
7534 class calcxx_driver;
7535 @}
7536 @end example
7537
7538 @noindent
7539 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7540 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7541 global variables.
7542
7543 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7544 @example
7545 // The parsing context.
7546 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7547 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7548 @end example
7549
7550 @noindent
7551 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7552 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7553 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7554 automatically propagated.
7555
7556 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7557 @example
7558 %locations
7559 %initial-action
7560 @{
7561 // Initialize the initial location.
7562 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7563 @};
7564 @end example
7565
7566 @noindent
7567 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7568 error messages.
7569
7570 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7571 @example
7572 %debug
7573 %error-verbose
7574 @end example
7575
7576 @noindent
7577 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7578 them.
7579
7580 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7581 @example
7582 // Symbols.
7583 %union
7584 @{
7585 int ival;
7586 std::string *sval;
7587 @};
7588 @end example
7589
7590 @noindent
7591 @findex %after-header
7592 The code between @samp{%after-header @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
7593 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
7594
7595 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7596 @example
7597 %after-header @{
7598 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7599 @}
7600 @end example
7601
7602
7603 @noindent
7604 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7605 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7606 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7607 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7608 avoid name clashes.
7609
7610 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7611 @example
7612 %token END 0 "end of file"
7613 %token ASSIGN ":="
7614 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7615 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7616 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7617 @end example
7618
7619 @noindent
7620 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7621 @code{%destructor}.
7622
7623 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7624 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7625 @example
7626 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7627 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7628
7629 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7630 @end example
7631
7632 @noindent
7633 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7634
7635 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7636 @example
7637 %%
7638 %start unit;
7639 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7640
7641 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7642 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7643
7644 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7645
7646 %left '+' '-';
7647 %left '*' '/';
7648 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7649 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7650 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7651 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7652 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7653 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7654 %%
7655 @end example
7656
7657 @noindent
7658 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7659 driver.
7660
7661 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7662 @example
7663 void
7664 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7665 const std::string& m)
7666 @{
7667 driver.error (l, m);
7668 @}
7669 @end example
7670
7671 @node Calc++ Scanner
7672 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7673
7674 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7675 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7676
7677 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7678 @example
7679 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7680 # include <cstdlib>
7681 # include <errno.h>
7682 # include <limits.h>
7683 # include <string>
7684 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7685 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7686
7687 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
7688 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
7689 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
7690 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7691 # undef yywrap
7692 # define yywrap() 1
7693
7694 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
7695 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
7696 not of token_type. */
7697 #define yyterminate() return token::END
7698 %@}
7699 @end example
7700
7701 @noindent
7702 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7703 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7704 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7705 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7706
7707 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7708 @example
7709 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7710 @end example
7711
7712 @noindent
7713 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7714
7715 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7716 @example
7717 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7718 int [0-9]+
7719 blank [ \t]
7720 @end example
7721
7722 @noindent
7723 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7724 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7725 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7726 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7727 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7728 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7729 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7730
7731 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7732 @example
7733 %@{
7734 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7735 %@}
7736 %%
7737 %@{
7738 yylloc->step ();
7739 %@}
7740 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7741 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7742 @end example
7743
7744 @noindent
7745 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7746 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7747 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7748 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7749
7750 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7751 @example
7752 %@{
7753 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7754 %@}
7755 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
7756 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
7757 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7758 @{int@} @{
7759 errno = 0;
7760 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7761 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7762 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7763 yylval->ival = n;
7764 return token::NUMBER;
7765 @}
7766 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7767 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7768 %%
7769 @end example
7770
7771 @noindent
7772 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7773 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7774
7775 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7776 @example
7777 void
7778 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7779 @{
7780 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7781 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7782 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7783 @}
7784
7785 void
7786 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7787 @{
7788 fclose (yyin);
7789 @}
7790 @end example
7791
7792 @node Calc++ Top Level
7793 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7794
7795 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7796
7797 @comment file: calc++.cc
7798 @example
7799 #include <iostream>
7800 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7801
7802 int
7803 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7804 @{
7805 calcxx_driver driver;
7806 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7807 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7808 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7809 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7810 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7811 else
7812 @{
7813 driver.parse (*argv);
7814 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7815 @}
7816 @}
7817 @end example
7818
7819 @c ================================================= FAQ
7820
7821 @node FAQ
7822 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7823 @cindex frequently asked questions
7824 @cindex questions
7825
7826 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7827 are addressed.
7828
7829 @menu
7830 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7831 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7832 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7833 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7834 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
7835 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
7836 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
7837 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
7838 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
7839 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
7840 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
7841 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
7842 @end menu
7843
7844 @node Memory Exhausted
7845 @section Memory Exhausted
7846
7847 @display
7848 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7849 message. What can I do?
7850 @end display
7851
7852 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7853 ,Recursive Rules}.
7854
7855 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7856 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7857
7858 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7859 following typical questions:
7860
7861 @display
7862 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7863 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7864 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7865 @end display
7866
7867 @noindent
7868 or
7869
7870 @display
7871 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7872 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7873 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7874 @end display
7875
7876 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7877 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7878 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7879 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7880 @file{first-line.l}:
7881
7882 @verbatim
7883 %{
7884 #include <stdio.h>
7885 #include <stdlib.h>
7886 %}
7887 %%
7888 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7889 %%
7890 int
7891 yyparse (char const *file)
7892 {
7893 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7894 if (!yyin)
7895 exit (2);
7896 /* One token only. */
7897 yylex ();
7898 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7899 exit (3);
7900 return 0;
7901 }
7902
7903 int
7904 main (void)
7905 {
7906 yyparse ("input");
7907 yyparse ("input");
7908 return 0;
7909 }
7910 @end verbatim
7911
7912 @noindent
7913 If the file @file{input} contains
7914
7915 @verbatim
7916 input:1: Hello,
7917 input:2: World!
7918 @end verbatim
7919
7920 @noindent
7921 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7922
7923 @example
7924 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7925 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7926 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7927 input:1: Hello,
7928 input:2: World!
7929 @end example
7930
7931 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7932 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7933 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7934 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7935 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7936 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7937 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7938 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7939 input buffers.
7940
7941 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7942 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7943 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7944 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7945
7946 @node Strings are Destroyed
7947 @section Strings are Destroyed
7948
7949 @display
7950 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7951 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7952 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7953 @end display
7954
7955 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7956 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7957 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7958
7959 @verbatim
7960 %{
7961 #include <stdio.h>
7962 char *yylval = NULL;
7963 %}
7964 %%
7965 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7966 \n /* IGNORE */
7967 %%
7968 int
7969 main ()
7970 {
7971 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7972 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7973 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7974 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7975 return 0;
7976 }
7977 @end verbatim
7978
7979 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7980
7981 @example
7982 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7983 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7984 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7985 "one
7986 two", "two"
7987 @end example
7988
7989 @noindent
7990 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7991 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7992 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7993 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7994 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7995 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7996
7997 @example
7998 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7999 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8000 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8001 "two", "two"
8002 @end example
8003
8004
8005 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
8006 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
8007
8008 @display
8009 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
8010 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
8011 @end display
8012
8013 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
8014 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
8015 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
8016 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
8017 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
8018 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
8019 execute simple instructions one after the others.
8020
8021 @cindex abstract syntax tree
8022 @cindex @acronym{AST}
8023 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
8024 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
8025 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
8026 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
8027 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
8028 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
8029 compiler.
8030
8031 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
8032 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
8033
8034
8035 @node Multiple start-symbols
8036 @section Multiple start-symbols
8037
8038 @display
8039 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
8040 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
8041 multiple entry points.
8042 @end display
8043
8044 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
8045 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
8046 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
8047 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
8048 real start-symbol:
8049
8050 @example
8051 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
8052 %start start;
8053 start: START_FOO foo
8054 | START_BAR bar;
8055 @end example
8056
8057 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
8058 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
8059
8060 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
8061 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
8062 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
8063 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
8064 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
8065 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
8066 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
8067 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
8068
8069 @example
8070 /* @r{Prologue.} */
8071 %%
8072 %@{
8073 if (start_token)
8074 @{
8075 int t = start_token;
8076 start_token = 0;
8077 return t;
8078 @}
8079 %@}
8080 /* @r{The rules.} */
8081 @end example
8082
8083
8084 @node Secure? Conform?
8085 @section Secure? Conform?
8086
8087 @display
8088 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
8089 @end display
8090
8091 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
8092 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
8093 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
8094 please send us a bug report.
8095
8096 @node I can't build Bison
8097 @section I can't build Bison
8098
8099 @display
8100 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8101 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8102 What should I do?
8103 @end display
8104
8105 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8106 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8107 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8108 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8109 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8110 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8111 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8112
8113
8114 @node Where can I find help?
8115 @section Where can I find help?
8116
8117 @display
8118 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8119 @end display
8120
8121 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8122 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8123 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8124 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8125 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8126 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8127 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8128 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8129 hearts.
8130
8131 @node Bug Reports
8132 @section Bug Reports
8133
8134 @display
8135 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8136 @end display
8137
8138 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8139 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8140 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8141 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8142 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8143
8144 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8145 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8146 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8147 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8148 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8149
8150 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8151 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8152 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8153 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8154 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8155 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8156
8157 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8158 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8159
8160 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8161
8162 @node Other Languages
8163 @section Other Languages
8164
8165 @display
8166 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8167 favorite language here}?
8168 @end display
8169
8170 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8171 languages; contributions are welcome.
8172
8173 @node Beta Testing
8174 @section Beta Testing
8175
8176 @display
8177 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8178 @end display
8179
8180 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8181 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8182 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8183 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8184 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8185 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8186 essentially halted.
8187
8188 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8189 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8190 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8191 systems are especially welcome.
8192
8193 @node Mailing Lists
8194 @section Mailing Lists
8195
8196 @display
8197 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8198 @end display
8199
8200 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8201
8202 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8203
8204 @node Table of Symbols
8205 @appendix Bison Symbols
8206 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8207 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8208
8209 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8210 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8211 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8212 @end deffn
8213
8214 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8215 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8216 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8217 @end deffn
8218
8219 @deffn {Variable} $$
8220 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8221 @xref{Actions}.
8222 @end deffn
8223
8224 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8225 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8226 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8227 @end deffn
8228
8229 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8230 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8231 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8232 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8233 @end deffn
8234
8235 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8236 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8237 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8238 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8239 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8240 Grammar}.
8241 @end deffn
8242
8243 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8244 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8245 @end deffn
8246
8247 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8248 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8249 Grammar Rules}.
8250 @end deffn
8251
8252 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8253 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8254 @end deffn
8255
8256 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8257 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8258 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8259 @end deffn
8260
8261 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8262 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8263 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8264 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8265 @end deffn
8266
8267 @deffn {Directive} %after-header @{@var{code}@}
8268 Specifies code to be inserted into the code file after the contents of the
8269 header file.
8270 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8271 @end deffn
8272
8273 @deffn {Directive} %before-header @{@var{code}@}
8274 Specifies code to be inserted into the code file before the contents of the
8275 header file.
8276 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8277 @end deffn
8278
8279 @deffn {Directive} %end-header @{@var{code}@}
8280 Specifies code to be inserted both into the header file (if generated;
8281 @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the code file after any
8282 Bison-generated definitions.
8283 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8284 @end deffn
8285
8286 @deffn {Directive} %start-header @{@var{code}@}
8287 Specifies code to be inserted both into the header file (if generated;
8288 @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the code file before any
8289 Bison-generated definitions.
8290
8291 @cindex Prologue
8292 @findex %before-header
8293 @findex %union
8294 @findex %end-header
8295 @findex %after-header
8296 For example, the following declaration order in the grammar file reflects the
8297 order in which Bison will output these code blocks. However, you are free to
8298 declare these code blocks in your grammar file in whatever order is most
8299 convenient for you:
8300
8301 @smallexample
8302 %before-header @{
8303 /* Bison treats this block like a pre-prologue block: it inserts it
8304 * into the code file before the contents of the header file. It
8305 * does *not* insert it into the header file. This is a good place
8306 * to put #include's that you want at the top of your code file. A
8307 * common example is `#include "system.h"'. */
8308 @}
8309 %start-header @{
8310 /* Bison inserts this block into both the header file and the code
8311 * file. In both files, the point of insertion is before any
8312 * Bison-generated token, semantic type, location type, and class
8313 * definitions. This is a good place to define %union
8314 * dependencies, for example. */
8315 @}
8316 %union @{
8317 /* Unlike the traditional Yacc prologue blocks, the output order
8318 * for the %*-header blocks is not affected by their declaration
8319 * position relative to any %union in the grammar file. */
8320 @}
8321 %end-header @{
8322 /* Bison inserts this block into both the header file and the code
8323 * file. In both files, the point of insertion is after the
8324 * Bison-generated definitions. This is a good place to declare or
8325 * define public functions or data structures that depend on the
8326 * Bison-generated definitions. */
8327 @}
8328 %after-header @{
8329 /* Bison treats this block like a post-prologue block: it inserts
8330 * it into the code file after the contents of the header file. It
8331 * does *not* insert it into the header file. This is a good place
8332 * to declare or define internal functions or data structures that
8333 * depend on the Bison-generated definitions. */
8334 @}
8335 @end smallexample
8336
8337 If you have multiple occurrences of any one of the above declarations, Bison
8338 will concatenate the contents in declaration order.
8339
8340 @xref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}.
8341 @end deffn
8342
8343 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8344 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8345 @end deffn
8346
8347 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8348 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8349 @end deffn
8350
8351 @ifset defaultprec
8352 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8353 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8354 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8355 Precedence}.
8356 @end deffn
8357 @end ifset
8358
8359 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8360 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8361 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8362 @end deffn
8363
8364 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8365 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8366 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8367 @end deffn
8368
8369 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8370 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8371 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8372 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8373 @end deffn
8374
8375 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8376 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8377 used in the grammar.
8378 @end deffn
8379
8380 @deffn {Symbol} error
8381 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8382 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8383 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8384 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8385 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
8386 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
8387 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8388 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8389 @end deffn
8390
8391 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8392 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8393 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8394 @end deffn
8395
8396 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8397 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8398 Summary}.
8399 @end deffn
8400
8401 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8402 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8403 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8404 @end deffn
8405
8406 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8407 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8408 @end deffn
8409
8410 @deffn {Directive} %left
8411 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8412 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8413 @end deffn
8414
8415 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8416 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8417 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8418 for Pure Parsers}.
8419 @end deffn
8420
8421 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8422 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8423 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8424 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8425 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8426 @end deffn
8427
8428 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8429 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8430 @end deffn
8431
8432 @ifset defaultprec
8433 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8434 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8435 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8436 Precedence}.
8437 @end deffn
8438 @end ifset
8439
8440 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8441 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8442 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8443 @end deffn
8444
8445 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8446 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8447 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8448 @end deffn
8449
8450 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8451 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8452 Summary}.
8453 @end deffn
8454
8455 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8456 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8457 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8458 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8459 @end deffn
8460
8461 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8462 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8463 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8464 @end deffn
8465
8466 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8467 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8468 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8469 @end deffn
8470
8471 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8472 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8473 Require a Version of Bison}.
8474 @end deffn
8475
8476 @deffn {Directive} %right
8477 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8478 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8479 @end deffn
8480
8481 @deffn {Directive} %start
8482 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8483 Start-Symbol}.
8484 @end deffn
8485
8486 @deffn {Directive} %token
8487 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8488 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8489 @end deffn
8490
8491 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8492 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8493 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8494 @end deffn
8495
8496 @deffn {Directive} %type
8497 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8498 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8499 @end deffn
8500
8501 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8502 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8503 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8504 @code{error}.
8505 @end deffn
8506
8507 @deffn {Directive} %union
8508 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8509 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8510 @end deffn
8511
8512 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8513 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8514 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8515 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8516 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8517 @end deffn
8518
8519 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8520 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8521 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8522 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8523 @end deffn
8524
8525 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8526 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
8527 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8528 @end deffn
8529
8530 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8531 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8532 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8533 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8534 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8535 @end deffn
8536
8537 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8538 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8539 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8540 @end deffn
8541
8542 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8543 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8544 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8545 @end deffn
8546
8547 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8548 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8549 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8550 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8551 @end deffn
8552
8553 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8554 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8555 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8556 @end deffn
8557
8558 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8559 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8560 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8561 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8562 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8563 @end deffn
8564
8565 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8566 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8567 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8568 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8569 @end deffn
8570
8571 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8572 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8573 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8574 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8575 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8576 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8577 @end deffn
8578
8579 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8580 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8581 @xref{Memory Management}.
8582 @end deffn
8583
8584 @deffn {Function} yylex
8585 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8586 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8587 @code{yylex}}.
8588 @end deffn
8589
8590 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8591 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8592 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8593 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8594 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8595 @end deffn
8596
8597 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8598 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8599 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8600 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8601 @code{yylex}.)
8602 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8603 grammar actions.
8604 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8605 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
8606 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8607 @end deffn
8608
8609 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8610 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8611 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8612 @end deffn
8613
8614 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8615 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8616 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8617 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8618 @code{yylex}.)
8619 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8620 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
8621 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8622 @end deffn
8623
8624 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8625 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8626 Management}.
8627 @end deffn
8628
8629 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8630 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8631 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8632 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8633 @end deffn
8634
8635 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8636 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8637 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8638 @end deffn
8639
8640 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8641 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8642 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8643 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8644 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8645 @end deffn
8646
8647 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8648 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
8649 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
8650 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8651 @end deffn
8652
8653 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8654 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8655 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8656 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8657 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8658 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8659 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8660
8661 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8662 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8663 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8664 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8665 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8666 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8667 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8668 @end deffn
8669
8670 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8671 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8672 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8673 @end deffn
8674
8675 @node Glossary
8676 @appendix Glossary
8677 @cindex glossary
8678
8679 @table @asis
8680 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8681 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8682 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8683 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8684 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8685
8686 @item Context-free grammars
8687 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8688 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8689 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8690 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8691 Grammars}.
8692
8693 @item Dynamic allocation
8694 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8695 compile time or on entry to a function.
8696
8697 @item Empty string
8698 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8699 character string of length zero.
8700
8701 @item Finite-state stack machine
8702 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8703 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8704 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8705 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8706 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8707 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8708
8709 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8710 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8711 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8712 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8713 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8714 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8715 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8716 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8717
8718 @item Grouping
8719 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8720 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8721 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8722
8723 @item Infix operator
8724 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8725 performs some operation.
8726
8727 @item Input stream
8728 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8729
8730 @item Language construct
8731 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8732 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8733 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8734
8735 @item Left associativity
8736 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8737 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8738 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8739
8740 @item Left recursion
8741 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8742 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8743 Rules}.
8744
8745 @item Left-to-right parsing
8746 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8747 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8748
8749 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8750 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8751 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8752
8753 @item Lexical tie-in
8754 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8755 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8756
8757 @item Literal string token
8758 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8759
8760 @item Lookahead token
8761 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
8762 Tokens}.
8763
8764 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8765 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8766 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8767 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8768
8769 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8770 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8771 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8772
8773 @item Nonterminal symbol
8774 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8775 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8776 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8777
8778 @item Parser
8779 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8780 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8781 analyzer.
8782
8783 @item Postfix operator
8784 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8785 performs some operation.
8786
8787 @item Reduction
8788 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8789 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8790 Parser Algorithm}.
8791
8792 @item Reentrant
8793 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8794 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8795 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8796
8797 @item Reverse polish notation
8798 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8799
8800 @item Right recursion
8801 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8802 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8803 Rules}.
8804
8805 @item Semantics
8806 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8807 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8808 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8809
8810 @item Shift
8811 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8812 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8813 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8814
8815 @item Single-character literal
8816 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8817 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8818
8819 @item Start symbol
8820 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8821 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8822 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8823 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8824
8825 @item Symbol table
8826 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8827 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8828 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8829
8830 @item Syntax error
8831 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8832 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8833
8834 @item Token
8835 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8836 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8837 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8838 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8839
8840 @item Terminal symbol
8841 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8842 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8843 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8844 @end table
8845
8846 @node Copying This Manual
8847 @appendix Copying This Manual
8848
8849 @menu
8850 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8851 @end menu
8852
8853 @include fdl.texi
8854
8855 @node Index
8856 @unnumbered Index
8857
8858 @printindex cp
8859
8860 @bye
8861
8862 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8863 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8864 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8865 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8866 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8867 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8868 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8869 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8870 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8871 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8872 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8873 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8874 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8875 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8876 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8877 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8878 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8879 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8880 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8881 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8882 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8883 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8884 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8885 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8886 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8887 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8888 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8889 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8890 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex